Sensors Inductive proximity switches Capacitive proximity switches Optoelectronic proximity switches Magnetic switches

Transcription

1

2

3 Content Introduction Introduction and notices Representations worldwide, see left cover Mounting instructions, see left cover Schmersal The Company The Schmersal Group New products and innovations I-2 I- I-6 Position detection Mechanical position detection Position switches to EN 500/EN 5007 Position and limit switches Gear switches Rotating spindle limit switches Slack-wire switches Belt alignment switches Micro switches Program extension Sensors Inductive proximity switches Capacitive proximity switches Optoelectronic proximity switches Magnetic switches Command and signalling devices Pull-wire switches Foot switches Stack lights Program extension Appendix Explanations Magnetic reed switches Inductive and capacitive proximity switches Photoelectric proximity switches Symbol legend, back cover A- A-2 A-6 A-2 I-

4 Automation technology Position detection Position detection Position detection in automation technology a traditional application field for Schmersal. In the early fifties, during the post-war reconstruction, a limit switch program suitable for heavy-duty application, amongst others, in construction site engines was created. Soon after that, a variety of position switches for stationary applications for machinery and process plant engineering was introduced because of the increasing automation activities of miscellaneous industries. Schmersal was also one of the pioneers when it comes to developing non-contact proximity switches as an alternative to the electromechanical switchgears. Nowadays, Schmersal offers a large program of switchgears for automation technology: position switches with a large variety of actuators, gear switches, pull-wire switches, foot switches, micro switches, magnetic reed switches, inductive, capacitive and optoelectronic proximity switches... The extremely wide product range for position detection from Schmersal finds its roots in the customer orientation of our development and product team: Many products were developed on request of our customers or adapted to the specifications for a specific application, such as our magnetic reed switches detecting multiple independent signals using one single device or fully electronic travel end switches for mobile cranes. Since the machinery and devices, for which the Schmersal position switches and proximity switches are developed and manufactured, are used all over the world, Schmersal is worldwide at its customers disposal. Our international subsidiaries and qualified sales partners take care of the sales, consultancy and service at all industrial markets. As different as the switchgears and sensors in this catalogue might be, there is one common factor: they all were developed for automation technology applications. One of the requirements of this sector is an extremely high availability. Because of their reliability and long life, the Schmersal position switches and proximity switches are generally accepted and frequently used by numerous machine constructors and important end users of automated plants, for instance in automotive. I-2

5 I-

6 The Schmersal Group The Schmersal Group offers the largest program of safety switchgears and safety switching systems in the world. The individual development and production units of the group are concentrating on specific product groups. Our sales offices and partners provide a competent consultancy and service to the major industries worldwide. K.A. Schmersal GmbH Safety control systems K.A. Schmersal, the parent company of the Schmersal Group, was founded at Wuppertal in 95 by the fathers of the current generation of shareholders. Initially, the company concentrated on the development and production of mechanically operated switchgears for mechanical engineering and lift technology. The product portfolio was continuously extended with mechanically operated safety switchgears and non-contact functioning safety sensors. In the early nineties, the Machinery Directive has been implemented. Schmersal began to develop safety switchgears, enabling the machine and plant builders to comply with the stringent safety requirements for machine safety. The conversion from industrial safety switchgear manufacturer to expert in safety technology became essential for the company s growth and the company s expansion to a worldwide present company group. At the Wuppertal plant, some 50 employees are currently employed. Elan Schaltelemente GmbH & Co. KG Founded originally in Düsseldorf in 952, Elan moved to Wettenberg in the Mittelhessen district in 988. Elan s focal business emphasis is placed on industrial low-voltage switchgears. Elan develops and manufactures switchgears, which distinguish from the conventional devices, by their mechanical, electrical and functional features. Elan is one of the pioneers of safety technology: in the eighties, the company has already developed safety switchgear and systems for human protection. Since 997, Elan belongs to the Schmersal Group, where it has become the competence centre of the group for Command and signalling devices; Two-hand control panels, Safety relay modules and similar modules, Proprietary programmable electronic systems with safety function In 200, the company moved to a completely new production and administrative building at the same location, where currently 70 employees are working. K.A. Schmersal GmbH Safety control systems Möddinghofe 0, D-2279 Wuppertal Phone: +9 (0) Fax: +9 (0) info@schmersal.de Internet: Elan Schaltelemente GmbH & Co. KG Im Ostpark 2, D-55 Wettenberg Phone: +9 (0) Fax: +9 (0) info@elan.schmersal.de Internet: I-

7 steute Schaltgeräte GmbH & Co. KG As of 200.., the Company steute Schaltgeräte GmbH & Co.KG has parted from the Schmersal Group. The company steute continues to have full access to the sales network of the Schmersal Group. ACE Schmersal Eletroeletrônica Industrial Ltda. Schmersal founded a subsidiary company in Brazil as early as 97. The production facility located in Boituva (São Paulo) today has about 00 employees. ACE offers a wide range of electromechanical and electronic products such as safety switchgears, command and signalling devices, foot switches and proximity switches. Furthermore thermoplastic housings are manufactured which are partly assembled with command and signalling devices according to the customers s request. Application fields are inspection control panels for the lift technology, for which door contacts are also produced. The ACE program is mainly distributed on the South American and Mexican market. Schmersal Industrial Switchgear Co. Ltd Schmersal has its own manufacturing plant in China since 999. Here, about 60 employees produce to the same quality standards as in the European factories position switches, safety switches and lift switchgears for the South-East Asian market. Our sales office located in the centre of Shanghai supervises and co-ordinates four subsidiaries with offices in the major industrial centres of China. steute Schaltgeräte GmbH & Co. KG Brückenstraße 9, D-258 Löhne Phone: +9 (0) Fax: +9 (0) info@steute.de Internet: ACE Schmersal Eletroeletrônica Industrial Ltda. Rodovia Boituva - Porto Feliz, Km 2 Vila Esplanada - CEP: , Boituva - SP Phone: +55 (0) Fax: +55 (0) export@aceschmersal.com.br Internet: Schmersal Industrial Switchgear (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., Central Plaza 00 Huang Pi Bei Road 227, Shanghai Phone: Fax: sales@schmersal.com.cn Internet: I-5

8 Innovations and new products Position switches with insulation displacement connectors. Save time when fitting For years already, switches to the DIN EN 5007 standard, such as for instance the Z/T 26 series from Schmersal, are used for a diversity of positioning applications in industrial automation. For safety applications, they are often used as type- safety switches, especially for guard-door monitoring. Although these well-known switches being extremely reliable and polyvalent, they still are subject to improvement: the series Z/T 26 is now available with insulation displacement connectors. As a consequence, the work required in fitting the position switching is reduced: the user only needs to remove the outer cable insulation, place the wires into the slots and press the cover down the switch is then connected. No stripping and cutting of the wires is required. The unique termination saves time and money, especially in large plants with many switches. Each switch saves up to two minutes of time upon fitting. The versions with insulation displacement connectors are fully compatible with the traditional variants of the Z/T 26 series. A large number of actuating elements are available plungers, roller levers, angular levers, roller swivel levers, bar swivel levers The user has the choice between versions with snap and slow action, slow action with contact overlapping or staggering. As the contacts are regarded, the user can choose between NO/ NC contact, 2 NC or 2 NO contacts. More information can be found on page - Series N command and signalling devices Hygiene-compliant command and signalling devices This program of hygiene-compliant command and signalling devices has been developed in accordance with the basic principles of hygienic design, laid down in the requirements of EN 672- and EN for machines used in the dairy, meat, poultry and fish processing industries. They feature special sealing to extensively prevent the ingress of dirt and bacteria in the gaps between the fixed and moving device components. The special-shaped devices are easy to clean and avoid corners and edges or create smooth surfaces, so that dirt and bacteria cannot deposit or accumulate. Furthermore, the devices feature a special selection of materials and colour design. This new range for mounting holes of 22. mm diameter consists of push buttons, illuminated push buttons with LEDs, selector switches with 2 and positions and short and long knobs and levers, mushroom buttons, high and flat indicator lights with LEDs, emergencystop control devices, blanking plugs, lockable selector switch covers and adapter rings D-0/ D-22 mm. The devices all have protection class IP 67. The contact and light element system used is the tried and tested EF/EL system using screw terminals, flat-pin plugs and WAGO cage clamps. More information can be found in the Catalogue N from Elan Compact and user-friendly foot switches. LKF/LKFS Series The foot switches of the LKF/ LKFS series are suitable for light duty applications, e.g. for office technology, in laboratories or at conveyor belt of cash desks. The housing of the switches is made of shock-resistant thermoplastic and has a very flat design, so that the operator only has to lift up his foot very little: an important condition for ergonomic, non-tiring operation of foot-operated machines and devices. As an option, the LKF switches are also available with a protective shield. More information can be found on page -0 Foot switches GFI/GFSI Optimal functioning and ergonomics The design of the new foot switches of the GFI/GFIS series, an extension of the wellknown foot switches range GF/GFS, is extremely well-considered. This foot switch, which was developed in collaboration with ergonomics specialists and industrial designers, is fully adapted to rough industrial operating conditions and simultaneously enables a non-tiring, safe operation. The external components of the new foot switch are made of aluminium die-cast. The protective shield has a large wide opening, enabling a smooth operation of the pedal, even with safety shoes. On the inside, the protective shield features a bead, allowing for a better positioning of the switch. More information can be found on page -7 I-6

9 Automation technology Mechanical position detection The application field of electromechanical and non-contact position switches from the Schmersal Group ranges from high-precision mechanics to heavy-duty machine construction. A large range of actuating elements enables an optimal adaptation of the switches to the specific application. Selection table -2 Position switches to EN 500/EN Selection table -2 Position and limit switches - Gear switches -8 Rotating spindle limit switches -5 Slack-wire switches -52 Belt alignment switches -5 Micro switches -59 Program extension -88 -

10 Selection table: Position switches to EN 500/EN 5007 Actuator Position switch ranges Position switch actuating elements Range 95 as of page - Thermoplastic housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN WHLM Range 26 as of page - S R S R R K Thermoplastic housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN Range 256 as of page - S R S R R K Thermoplastic housing 2cable entries Size and switching points according to DIN EN 5007 Range 25 as of page -5 S R S R R K Metal housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN 5007 Range 255 as of page -5 S R S R R K Metal housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN 5007 Range 2 as of page -8 S R Metal housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN 500 Range 6 as of page -22 S R K Thermoplastic housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN 500 Range 5 as of page -27 S R K Metal housing cable entry Design according to DIN EN 500 Range 55 as of page -27 S R K Metal housing cable entries Size and switching points according to EN 500 Note: The technical data of the individual ranges can be found on the above-mentioned pages. Information regarding the actuators, such as dimensions, travel and contact diagrams, etc. can be found behind the description of the range. -2

11 * * * * DD WHKM TK TL DF K K K VH V2H VH V7H V0H K K K VH V2H VH V7H V0H K K K VH V2H VH V7H V0H K K K VH V2H VH V7H V0H VH V7H V0H K VH V7H V0H K VH V7H V0H K VH V7H V0H * These actuators are only suitable for positioning tasks! -

12 Position switches to EN 5007 Z/T 26 58,5 8, Thermoplastic enclosure Double insulated X Available with 2 positive break NC contacts Snap action with constant contact pressure up to switching point Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts cable entry M20 x.5 Wide range of alternative actuators Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Angle of roller lever adjustable in 0 steps Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit, Z/T ,5 20 8,5, Mounting details to EN cable entries from sides M20 x.5 20,5 Standards: IEC/EN BG-GS-ET-5 Design: fixings to EN 5007 Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic, self-extinguishing Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb or 2 NC contacts, with galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: A IEC slow or snap action, NC contacts with positive break Connection: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2, min..5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: Z/T 26: x M20 x.5 Z/T 256: 2 x M20 x.5 U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : A / 20 VAC A / 2 VDC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: 20 million operations Switching frequency: max. 5000/h Bounce duration: snap action: < ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Switchover time: snap action: > 5.5 ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Approvals Approvals Ordering details Connector ➀➁ 2➂6-➃Z➄-➅-➆-➇-➈ No. Option Description No. Option Description ➀ Z Snap action A T Slow action A ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see as of page -6 ➂ Slim design 5 Large design ➃ 02 2 NC NO / NC 20 2 NO * ➄ H Slow action with staggered contacts UE with overlapping contacts ➅ Cable entry M20 ID Cut clamp NPT Cable entry NPT /2 ST Connector M2 (A-Coding) 20 (B-Coding) ➆ 297 Enclosure with transversely slotted mounting holes ➇ 28 Roller lever 7H for safety duties ➈ 67 Gold-plated contacts Other product variants: -pole NC/NO contact combinations Change-over contacts, etc. List S-IP ELAN, Wettenberg * Switches with 2 NO contacts (20) are only suitable for positioning tasks! -

13 Position switches to EN 5007 Z/T 25 Z/T 255 6,5 8, , Metal enclosure Available with 2 positive break NC contacts Snap action with constant contact pressure up to switching point Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts Wiring compartment cable entry M20 x.5 Wide range of alternative actuators Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Angle of roller lever adjustable in 0 steps Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Metal roller available on request EX version available AS-Interface Safety at Work available, see chapter ,5 8,5 9, Mounting details to EN 5007 cable entries M20 x.5 6, 20,,5 0 Standards: IEC/EN BG-GS-ET-5 Design: fixings to EN 5007 Enclosure: Z/T 25: zinc die-cast, enamel finish Z/T 255: aluminium die-cast, enamel finish Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb or 2 NC contacts, with galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: A IEC slow or snap action, NC contacts with positive break Connection: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2, min mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: Z/T 25: x M20 x.5 Z/T 255: x M20 x.5 U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : A / 20 VAC A / 2 VDC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: 20 million operations Switching frequency: max. 5000/h Bounce duration: snap action: < ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Switchover time: snap action: > 5.5 ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Approvals Approvals Ordering details Note ➀➁ 2➂5-➃Z➄-➅-➆-➇-➈ No. Option Description No. Option Description * Switches with 2 NO contacts (20) are only suitable for positioning tasks! ➀ Z Snap action A T Slow action A ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see as of page -6 ➂ Slim design 5 Large design ➃ 02 2 NC NO / NC 20 2 NO * ➄ H Slow action with staggered contacts UE with overlapping contacts ➅ Cable entry M20 ID Cut clamp NPT Cable entry NPT /2 ➆ 297 Enclosure with transversely slotted mounting holes ➇ 28 Roller lever 7H for safety duties ➈ 67 Gold-plated contacts -5

14 Position switches to EN 5007 Plunger S 6 2 2,6 NO NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts ZS 2..-Z 0 2,5 6, - - TS 2..-Z 2 0,5 6 2,5, - TS 2..-ZUE 0 2 6,8 - Slow action with staggered contacts Actuator type B to EN 5007 Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 0 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 60 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZS Z 0,8, 6 0, TS Z 2 0 2,5, 6 2,5, TS Z 2 0,5 6, TS ZH 0,8 6 TS ZH Roller plunger R 2 6,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 6,5 9,6 9,6 NO NC ZR 2..-Z 0 2,5 6, - - TR 2..-Z 2 0,5 6 2,5, - TR 2..-ZUE 0 2 6,8 - Actuator type C to EN 5007 Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZR Z 0,8, 6 0, TR Z 2 0 2,5, 6 2,5, TR Z 2 0,5 6, TR ZH 0,8 6 TR ZH

15 Position switches to EN 5007 Plunger S 0 M8x Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 9,6 0 9,6 2 NO NC ZS 2..-Z 0 2,5 6, - - TS 2..-Z 2 0,5 6 2,5, - TS 2..-ZUE 0 2 6,8 - Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 0 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 60 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZS Z 0,8, 6 0, TS Z 2 0 2,5, 6 2,5, TS Z 2 0,5 6, TS ZH 0,8 6 TS ZH Roller plunger R 2 M8x,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 9,6 0 9,6 2 NO NC ZR 2..-Z 0 2,5 6, - - TR 2..-Z 2 0,5 6 2,5, - TR 2..-ZUE 0 2 6,8 - Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZR Z 0,8, 6 0, TR Z 2 0 2,5, 6 2,5, TR Z 2 0,5 6, TR ZH 0,8 6 TR ZH

16 Position switches to EN 5007 Offset roller lever R 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 9,6 28 9,6 NO NC ZR 2..-Z 0 2,7 7,8 - - TR 2..-Z 2 0 2, 7,8 - TR 2..-ZUE 0 2 7,8 - Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 27 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 60 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZR Z 0,9,8 7 0, TR Z 2 0,8 7,8 TR Z 2 0 2, 7 2, Offset roller lever K 8,6 2 5, Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 9,6,6 9,6 NO NC ZK 2..-Z 0,6 9,, - 6, - TK 2..-Z 2 0 5,2 9,,6,8 - TK 2..-ZUE 0 2,8 9,, 5,5 - Actuator type E to EN 5007 Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 2 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZK Z 0 2,5 6, 9,, TK Z 2 0,6,8 9,,6,8 TK Z 2 0 5,2 9, 5, TK ZH 0, 5,5 9,, TK ZH 0, 9, 2,

17 Position switches to EN 5007 Angle roller lever K 25 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 9,6 0 9,6 NO NC ZK 2..-Z 0 2,8 7,2 -,9 - TK 2..-Z ,8,7 - TK 2..-ZUE 0 2,2 7,, - Actuating force: Min. 9 N Positive break force: 9 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 27 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 60 mm/min, max. m/s Actuation from bottom parallel to the switch, therefore only suitable for small housings (Z/T 25 and Z/T 26) 2 NC 2 NO ZK Z 0 2, TK Z 2 0 2,8,7 7 2,8,7 TK Z TK ZH 0,, 7, TK ZH 0, 7 2, Angle roller lever K 2 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 22 9,6,5 9,6 NO NC ZK 2..-Z ,6 - TK 2..-Z ,6 - TK 2..-ZUE 0 2 5,9 7,5 - Actuating force: Min. 6 N Positive break force: 6 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 26 mm/min, max. m/s Actuation from bottom parallel to the switch, therefore only suitable for small housings (Z/T 25 and Z/T 26) 2 NC 2 NO ZK Z 0,6 8,6 2, TK Z , ,6 TK Z TK ZH 0 5,9 7,5 2 2 TK ZH 0 5,

18 Position switches to EN 5007 Angle roller lever K Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 2,8,5 NO NC ZK 2..-Z 0,9 2,8,8-9 - TK 2..-Z 2 0 7,2 2,8,9 6,7 - TK 2..-ZUE 0,9 2,8 6 7,8 - Actuating force: Min. 6 N Positive break force: 6 N Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 56 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 6 mm/min, max. m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZK Z 0,5 9 2,8, TK Z 2 0,9 6,7 2,8,9 6,7 TK Z 2 0 7,2 2,8 7, TK ZH 0 6 7,8 2,8,9 TK ZH 0 6 2,8, Roller lever H Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 5 2,5 9,6 9,6 NO NC ZVH 2..-Z TVH 2..-Z TVH 2..-ZUE Plastic lever Actuator type A to EN 5007 Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Positive break torque: 8.5 Ncm Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 92 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 92 mm/min, max. m/s Actuator head gasket, ordering suffix -z 2 NC 2 NO ZVH Z TVH Z TVH Z TVH ZH TVH ZH

19 Position switches to EN 5007 Roller lever 7H 20 2,5,5 8,5 0 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts NO NC ZV7H 2...-Z TV7H 2...-Z TV7H 2...-ZUE Only for positioning tasks Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 0 mm/min, max. m/s Actuator head gasket, ordering suffix -z 2 NC 2 NO ZV7H Z TV7H Z TV7H Z TV7H ZH TV7H ZH Roller lever 7H-28 20,85 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 9, ,6 8,5 NO NC ZV7H 2..-Z TV7H 2..-Z TV7H 2..-ZUE For safety tasks A, positive break, ordering suffix -28 Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Positive break torque: 8.5 Ncm Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 20 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 0 mm/min, max. m/s Actuator head gasket, ordering suffix -z 2 NC 2 NO ZV7H Z TV7H Z TV7H Z TV7H ZH TV7H ZH

20 Position switches to EN 5007 Rod lever 0H 6 0,5 9,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 9,6 5 9,6 200 NO NC ZV0H 2..-Z TV0H 2..-Z TV0H 2..-ZUE Only for positioning tasks Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Plastic rod Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 687 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 22 mm/min, max. m/s Actuator head gasket, ordering suffix -z Aluminium rod, ordering suffix -8 2 NC 2 NO ZV0H Z TV0H Z TV0H Z TV0H ZH TV0H ZH Roller lever 2H 5,5 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 5 2,5 9,6 9,6 NO NC ZV2H 2..-Z TV2H 2..-Z TV2H 2..-ZUE Metal lever with plastic roller Actuator type A to EN 5007 Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Positive break torque: 8.5 Ncm Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 687 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 22 mm/min, max. m/s Actuator head gasket, ordering suffix -z Available with metal roller, ordering suffix RMS 2 NC 2 NO ZV2H Z TV2H Z TV2H Z TV2H ZH TV2H ZH

21 Position switches to EN 5007 Roller lever H 5,5 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts ,6 9,6 NO NC ZVH 2..-Z TVH 2..-Z TVH 2..-ZUE Metal lever with plastic roller Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Positive break torque: 8.5 Ncm Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis Snap action: Min. 687 mm/min, max. m/s Slow action: Min. 22 mm/min, max. m/s Actuator head gasket, ordering suffix -z Available with metal roller, ordering suffix RMS 2 NC 2 NO ZVH Z TVH Z TVH Z TVH ZH TVH ZH

22 Position switches to EN 5007 ES/EM 95 60,5, M20 ø, 20 0 Thermoplastic enclosure Transverse slotted mounting holes Double insulated X Snap action with constant contact pressure up to switching point Slow action available with overlapping contacts Wide range of alternative actuators Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Angle of roller lever adjustable in 0 steps cable entry M20 x.5 Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Knockouts for additional mounting holes if required ES/EM 95 V 60,5, 22 6,5 8 0 M20 ø, Slow action with mechanical locking and blue unlocking button available, ordering suffix -V Enclosure with longitudinal slotted mounting holes, ordering suffix LL Standards: IEC/EN BG-GS-ET-5 Design: DIN EN 5007 Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic, self-extinguishing Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb or 2 NC contacts, with galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: A IEC slow or snap action, NC contacts with positive break Connection: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: x M20 x.5 U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : A / 250 VDC A / 2 VDC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 800/h Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Actuating speed referring to the plunger: snap action: min. 0 mm/min; slow action: min. 60 mm/min Bounce duration: snap action: < ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Switchover time: snap action: > 5.5 ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Approvals Approvals Ordering details Note E➀ 95 ➁-➂-➃-➄-➅ No. Option Description No. Option Description * Switches with 2 NO contacts (2S) are only suitable for positioning tasks! ➀ M Snap action A S Slow action A ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see as of page -5 ➂ OE/S NC / NO UE NC / NO with overlapping contacts 2OE 2 NC 2S 2 NO * ➃ V Mechanical locking and unlocking push button ➄ Cable entry M20 M6 Cable entry M6 ➅ Transverse slotted holes LL Longitudinal slotted holes -

23 Position switches to EN 5007 Long offset roller lever ,5,5 9,5 NO NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM 95 WHLM OE/S ES 95 WHLM OE/S ES 95 WHLM UE Plunger with watertight collar Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NC 2 NO ES 95 WHLM 2OE ES 95 WHLM 2S Rocking offset roller lever 0 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 2,5 9,5 NO NC EM 95 WHKM OE/S 0,5 9,5 - - ES 95 WHKM OE/S ES 95 WHKM UE Only for positioning tasks Plunger with watertight collar Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Metal roller available on request 2 NC 2 NO ES 95 WHKM 2OE ES 95 WHKM 2S

24 Position switches to EN 5007 Wire lever DD 6 ø 9,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 2 60 NO NC EM 95 DD OE/S ES 95 DD OE/S ES 95 DD UE Only for positioning tasks Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 2 NC 2 NO ES 95 DD 2OE ES 95 DD 2S Spring-rod lever DF 9,5 ø7 0 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 2 2 max. 75 NO NC EM 95 DF OE/S ES 95 DF OE/S ES 95 DF UE Only for positioning tasks Lever angle adjustable in 0 steps Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 2 NC 2 NO ES 95 DF 2OE ES 95 DF 2S

25 Position switches to EN 5007 Spring rod TK ø7 0 Snap action Slow action NO NC EM 95 TK OE/S ES 95 TK OE/S Only for positioning tasks Wear-restistant thermoplastic tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Long spring wire TL ø,6 0 Snap action Slow action 5,5 NO NC EM 95 TL OE/S ES 95 TL OE/S Only for positioning tasks Spring rod can be actuated from any direction -7

26 Position switches to EN 500 Z 2 66,5 60 9,5 5, 0 0 7, 76 M20 5 Metal enclosure Gold-plated solid silver contacts Magnetic-storage snap action system Wiring compartment Short contact-bounce duration Switching system separated from snap action system, providing constant switching point independent of conatct wear Large contact break High repeat accuracy of switching point position Wide range of alternative actuators Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Angle of roller lever adjustable in 0 steps Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit 0,5 0 Standards: IEC/EN BG-GS-ET-5 Design: DIN EN 500 Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb or 2 NC contacts, with galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: A IEC snap action, NC contacts with positive break Connection: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: 000/h Switching-point accuracy: ± 0.02 mm Actuating speed snap action: min. 0 mm/min Contakt break for complete stroke: > 2 x.25 mm Bounce duration: < 2.5 ms Switchover time snap action: >,5 ms Approvals Ordering details Z ➀ 2-Y-➁-➂ No. Option Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see as of page -9 ➁ 28 Roller lever 7H for safety duties -8

27 Position switches to EN 500 Plunger S 9 Snap action 27,5 NO NC ZS 2-Y , , - Actuator type B to EN 500 Actuating force: Min. N Roller plunger R 7,2,6 Snap action 0,6 NO NC ZR 2-Y , , - Actuator type C to EN 500 Actuating force: Min. N Brass actuator roller -9

28 Position switches to EN 500 Roller lever H 20 56, 8,5 Snap action 28 NO NC ZVH 2-Y , Actuator type A to EN 500 Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Roller lever 0H 5,5 9, NO NC Snap action ZV0H 2-Y Only for positioning tasks Actuator type D to EN 500 Plastic rod Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Aluminium rod, ordering suffix -8-20

29 Position switches to EN 500 Roller lever 7H 5 Snap action 20 5, ,5 8,5 NO NC ZV7H 2-Y Only for positioning tasks Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Roller lever 7H Snap action ,5 NO NC ZV7H 2-Y , For safety tasks A, positive break, ordering suffix -28 Actuating torque: Min. 5 Ncm Positve break angle T only valid with ordering suffix -28-2

30 Position switches to EN 500 Z/T ,5 9,5 5, 5, 0 0,5 7, 76 Thermoplastic enclosure Double insulated X Available with positive break NC contacts to EN Snap action with constant contact pressure up to switching point Slow action available with 2 positive break NC contacts Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts cable entry M20 x.5 Wide range of alternative actuators Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Angle of roller lever adjustable in 0 steps Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Metal roller available on request 7 0,5 8 Standards: IEC/EN BG-GS-ET-5 Design: DIN EN 500 Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic, self-extinguishing Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb or 2 NC contacts, with galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: A IEC slow or snap action, NC contacts with positive break Connection: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: x M20 x.5 U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : A / 20 VAC A / 2 VDC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 5000/h Bounce duration: snap action: in accordance with actuating speed; slow action: < 2ms Switchover time: snap action: < 2 ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Approvals Ordering details Ordering details Connector ➀➁ 6-➂Z➃-➄-➅-➆ No. Option Description No. Option Description ➀ Z Snap action A T Slow action A ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see as of page -2 ➂ NO / NC 02 2 NC 20 2 NO * 0/0 NC left / NC right ➃ H Slow action with staggered contacts UE with overlapping contacts ➄ Cable entry M20 NPT Cable entry NPT /2 ST Connector M2 (A-Coding) 20 (B-Coding) ➅ 28 Roller lever 7H for safety duties ➆ 67 Gold-plated contacts * Switches with 2 NO contacts (20) are only suitable for positioning tasks! -22

31 Position switches to EN 500 Plunger S 9 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 27 27,5 27 NO NC ZS 6-Z ,9 - TS 6-Z ,8 - TS 6-ZUE 0 6,7,5 - Actuator type B to EN 500 Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis, max. 0.5 m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZS 6-02Z 0,6,9 6 0, TS 6-02Z , ,8 TS 6-20Z TS 6-02ZH 0,7,5 6 TS 6-20ZH 0 6, 2 2, Roller plunger R 7,2,6 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 27 0,6 27 NO NC ZR 6-Z ,9 - TR 6-Z ,8 - TR 6-ZUE 0 6,7,5 - Actuator type C to EN 500 Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZR 6-02Z 0,6,9 6 0, TR 6-02Z , ,8 TR 6-20Z TR 6-02ZH 0,7,5 6 TR 6-20ZH 0 6, 2 2,

32 Position switches to EN 500 Roller lever H 20 56, 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 28 5, NO NC ZVH 6-Z TVH 6-Z TVH 6-ZUE Actuator type A to EN 500 Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s The positioning of the head on version NC left/ NC right must be carried out in factory. 2 NC 2 NO ZVH 6-02Z TVH 6-02Z TVH 6-20Z TVH 6-02ZH TVH 6-20ZH On version TVH 6-0/0z positive break only to one side. NC left NC right TVH 6-0/0Z Rod lever 0H 5,5 9, NO NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts ZV0H 6-Z TV0H 6-Z TV0H 6-ZUE Slow action with staggered contacts 27 Only for positioning tasks Actuator type D to EN 500 Plastic rod Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s Aluminium rod, ordering suffix -8 2 NC 2 NO ZV0H 6-02Z TV0H 6-02Z TV0H 6-20Z TV0H 6-02ZH TV0H 6-20ZH The positioning of the head on version NC left/ NC right must be carried out in factory. NC left NC right TV0H 6-0/0Z

33 Position switches to EN 500 Roller lever 7H 5 20 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 5, ,5 8,5 NO NC ZV7H 6-Z TV7H 6-Z TV7H 6-ZUE Only for positioning tasks Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s The positioning of the head on version NC left/ NC right must be carried out in factory NC 2 NO ZV7H 6-02Z TV7H 6-02Z TV7H 6-20Z TV7H 6-02ZH TV7H 6-20ZH NC left NC right TV7H 6-0/0Z Roller lever 7H Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts ,5 27 8,5 NO NC ZV7H 6-Z TV7H 6-Z TV7H 6-ZUE For safety tasks A, positive break, ordering suffix -28 Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s The positioning of the head on version NC left/ NC right must be carried out in factory. 2 NC 2 NO ZV7H 6-02Z TV7H 6-02Z TV7H 6-20Z TV7H 6-02ZH TV7H 6-20ZH On version TV7H 6-0/0z-28 positive break only to one side. NC left NC right TV7H 6-0/0Z

34 Position switches to EN 500 Offset roller lever K 20 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 2,5,5 27 NO NC ZK 6-Z 0 2, 6, -,2 - TK 6-Z 2 0,2 6, 2, - TK 6-ZUE 0,2 6, 5 - Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZK 6-02Z 0,6 6,,2-2,2 0,8-2 TK 6-02Z 2 0 2, 6, 2, TK 6-20Z 2 0 6,, TK 6-02ZH 0 5 6, TK 6-20ZH 0,2 6,, 2, Angle roller lever K 8 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 20 5,5 29,5 27 NO NC ZK 6-Z 0,5 2,2-8,8 - TK 6-Z 2 0 6,6,5 6, - TK 6-ZUE 0 6,6-8,2 9,9 Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below 2 NC 2 NO ZK 6-02Z 0,6 8,8-2 8,8, -2 TK 6-02Z 2 0,5 6,,5 6, -2 TK 6-20Z ,6 TK 6-02ZH 0,5 8,2 9,9-2,5 6, TK 6-20ZH 0 6,6 2,

35 Position switches to EN 500 Z/T 5 Z/T ,5 9,5 5, 5, 0 0,5 7, 76 Metal enclosure Snap action with constant contact pressure up to switching point Slow or snap action available with 2 positive break NC contacts to EN Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts cable entry M20 x.5 Wide range of alternative actuators Actuator heads can be repositioned by x 90 Angle of roller lever adjustable in 0 steps Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Metal roller available on request EX version available 7 0,5 8 66,5 7, 5, ,7 66, , Mountings and switching points to EN 500 cable entries M20 x.5 EX version available Standards: IEC/EN BG-GS-ET-5 Design: DIN EN 500 Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb or 2 NC contacts, with galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: A IEC slow or snap action, NC contacts with positive break Connection: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: Z/T 5: x M20 x.5 Z/T 55: x M20 x.5 U imp : 6 kv -0z, -2z: kv U i : 500 V -0z, -2z: 250 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : A / 20 VAC A / 2 VDC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 5000/h Bounce duration: snap action: in accordance with actuating speed; slow action: < 2ms Switchover time: snap action: < 2 ms; slow action: in accordance with actuating speed Approvals Approvals Ordering details ➀➁ ➂5-➃Z➄-➅-➆-➇-➈ No. Option Description ➀ Z Snap action A T Slow action A ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see as of page -28 ➂ Slim design 5 Large design ➃ NO / NC 02 2NC 20 2 NO * 0/0 NC left / NC right 2 NO / 2 NC 0 NC No. Option Description ➄ H Slow action with staggered contacts UE with overlapping contacts ➅ G2 With LED ➆ Cable entry M20 NPT Cable entry NPT /2 ➇ 28 Roller lever 7H for safety duties ➈ 67 Gold-plated contacts Note 2VDC L Y E LED version Ordering suffix G2, Protected against incorrect polarity and voltage spikes. * Switches with 2 NO contacts (20) are only suitable for positioning tasks! G N -27

36 Position switches to EN 500 Plunger S 9 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 27 27,5 27 NO NC ZS..-Z ,9 - TS..-Z ,8 - TS..-ZUE 0 6,7,5 - Actuator type B to EN 500 Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis, max. 0.5 m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZS..-02Z 0,6,9 6 0, TS..-02Z , ,8 TS..-20Z TS..-02ZH 0,7,5 6 TS..-20ZH 0 6, 2 2, NO 2 NC TS..-2Z 2 TS..-2ZUE NC TS..-0Z 2 TS..-0ZH Roller plunger R 7,2,6 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 27 0,6 27 NO NC ZR..-Z ,9 - TR..-Z ,8 - TR..-ZUE 0 6,7,5 - Actuator type C to EN 500 Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZR..-02Z 0,6,9 6 0, TR..-02Z , ,8 TR..-20Z TR..-02ZH 0,7,5 6 TR..-20ZH 0 6, 2 2, NO 2 NC TR..-2Z 2 TR..-2ZUE NC TR..-0Z 2 TR..-0ZH -28

37 Position switches to EN 500 Roller lever H 20 56, 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 28 5, Actuator type A to EN 500 Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s NO NC 2 NC 2 NO ZVH..-Z ZVH..-02Z TVH..-Z TVH..-02Z TVH..-20Z TVH..-ZUE TVH..-02ZH TVH..-20ZH On version TVH...-0/0z positive break only to one side. NC left NC right TVH..-0/0Z NO 2 NC TVH..-2Z 2 TVH..-2ZUE NC TVH..-0Z 2 TVH..-0ZH Rod lever 0H 5,5 9, NO NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts ZV0H..-Z TV0H..-Z TV0H..-ZUE Slow action with staggered contacts 27 Only for positioning tasks Actuator type D to EN 500 Plastic rod Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s Aluminium rod, ordering suffix -8 2 NC 2 NO NC left NC right ZV0H..-02Z TV0H..-02Z TV0H..-20Z TV0H..-0/0Z TV0H..-02ZH TV0H..-20ZH NO 2 NC TV0H..-2Z TV0H..-2ZUE NC TV0H..-0Z TV0H..-0ZH -29

38 Position switches to EN 500 Roller lever 7H 5 20 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 5, ,5 8,5 NO NC ZV7H..-Z TV7H..-Z TV7H..-ZUE Only for positioning tasks Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s 27 2 NC 2 NO ZV7H..-02Z TV7H..-02Z TV7H..-20Z TV7H..-02ZH TV7H..-20ZH NC left NC right TV7H..-0/0Z NO 2 NC TV7H..-2Z TV7H..-2ZUE NC TV7H..-0Z TV7H..-0ZH Roller lever 7H Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts ,5 For safety tasks A, positive break, ordering suffix -28 Required actuating torque: 26 Ncm for snap action, Ncm for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 2.5 m/s On version TV7H...-0/0z-28 positive break only to one side. 27 8,5 NO NC 2 NC 2 NO NC left NC right ZV7H..-Z ZV7H..-02Z TV7H..-Z TV7H..-02Z TV7H..-20Z TV7H..-0/0Z TV7H..-ZUE TV7H..-02ZH TV7H..-20ZH NO 2 NC TV7H..-2Z-28 TV7H..-2ZUE-28 NC TV7H..-0Z-28 TV7H..-0ZH-28-0

39 Position switches to EN 500 Offset roller lever K 20 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 2,5,5 27 NO NC ZK..-Z 0 2, 6, -,2 - TK..-Z 2 0,2 6, 2, - TK..-ZUE 0,2 6, 5 - Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s 2 NC 2 NO ZK..-02Z 0,6 6,,2,2 0, TK..-02Z 2 0 2, 6, 2, TK..-20Z 2 0 6,, TK..-02ZH 0 5 6, TK..-20ZH 0,2 6,, 2, NO 2 NC TK..-2Z 2 TK..-2ZUE NC TK..-0Z 2 TK..-0ZH Angle roller lever K 8 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts Slow action with staggered contacts 20 5,5 29,5 27 NO NC ZK..-Z 0,5 2,2-8,8 - TK..-Z 2 0 6,6,5 6, - TK..-ZUE 0 6,6-8,2 9,9 Required actuating force: 2 N for snap action, 7 N for slow action Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below 2 NC 2 NO ZK..-02Z 0,6 8,8 8,8, -2-2 TK..-02Z 2 0,5 6,,5 6, -2 TK..-20Z 2 0 6,6-2-2 TK..-02ZH 0,5 8,2 9,9,5 6, TK..-20ZH 0 6,6 2, NO 2 NC TK..-2Z2 TK..-2ZUE NC TK..-0Z 2 TK..-0ZH -

40 Selection tables: position switches and limit switches Contact combinations Enclosures - models Default contacts Ordering suffix Image Page Heavy limit switches Medium heavy limit switches Light limit switches Contact NO Contact NC M 660/ M 660/ EM -2 ES -2 ES -52 E ES ES/EM / 7-86 M ES/EM T/M T 06 - T/M U -20 U 2-2 U 5-2 U 6-2 T T/M 8-2 T T/M T T/M T/M TS MS T M. 06 L 25-7 M. 06 R 25-6 T M. 7 R 27 - T T T Contact configuration right/left Image Page 2 contacts contacts M = snap action T = slow action ) = by default -pole change-over contact * = all contact combinations possible (apart from only NC contact or only NO contact) Ordering 0/0 suffix 0/0 0/0 0/ /0 0/02 20/0 Contact NO Contact C N T T T T T T T T T T T T M T

41 contact 2 contacts contacts contacts 6 0 contacts M M M ) T T M ) T T/M T M T/M T/M T T T T T T T/M T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T/M T T T T T T T/M T T T* T/M T T T/M T T T T T T T/M T T T T T T T T T T T M M M M M M M M M T T T T M M M M M M M M M M M M T T T M M M T* T T T * contacts 6 contacts 0/20 0/20 02/0 0/02 / /20 /02 / 2/0 0/0 0/0 20/20 02/02 2/2 2/2 0/0 0/ T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T M M M M M T T -

42 Position and limit switches M 660 and 6600,8 9, ,2 6 ø 8 ø 2 R ø8 28 ø Rubber enclosure Stainless steel case pre-wired cable Double-insulated X M 660 without mounting flange, M 6600 with mounting flange Snap action, change-over contact with single break Gold-plated contacts Snap action with self-cleaning contacts With pre-wired cable x 0.75 mm 2 Protection class IP 65 Suitable for aggressive environmental conditions Good resistance to petroleum spirit and oil Flange or central mounting Cable length 0.5 m Other lengths on request. 50 Standards: IEC/EN Switch insert: M e Enclosure: rubber body with stainless-steel casing Hexagon nuts: Telescopic plunger: M 6 x, nickel-plated steel Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: gold-plated silver Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Contact type: change-over contact, single break Termination: cable H05VV-F Cable section: x 0.75 mm 2 U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : A I e /U e : A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Voltage withstand across contacts: 200 VAC, 50 Hz Test voltage (enclosed): 2500 VAC, 50 Hz Max. fuse rating: A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: 0000/h Actuating speed: min. mm/min Change-over contact with double break GY BK 2 Approvals Ordering details M➀ 660➁--k-y- ➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -5 and following ➁ Without mounting flange 0 With mounting flange ➂ u With roller turned 90 to axis of switch body (only for 2R) -

43 Position and limit switches Basic unit M 26 22,8 Snap action 9 6,2 R ø 2 ø 8 Change-over contact with double break M 660--k-y M k-y 0,2, , Rubber enclosure Stainless steel case pre-wired cable Rubber collar S ,8,8 9,6 Snap action 9 6,2 R ø 2 ø 8 Change-over contact with double break MS 660--k-y MS k-y 0,7,5 - -2, - -2 Rubber enclosure Stainless steel case pre-wired cable -5

44 Position and limit switches Telescopic plunger S 9 6,2 R ,5,5 9,6 2 0, ø8 M2x0,75 Change-over contact with double break Snap action MS 660--k-y MS k-y 0,2 0, Threaded tube: Nickel-plated brass Simple mounting with hexagonal steel nuts Large after-travel Good adjustment of switching point Telescopic plunger 2S 26 59, Snap action 5 9 6,2 R M 6 x,8 ø8 Change-over contact with double break M2S 660--k-y M2S k-y 0, , - -2 Threaded tube: Nickel-plated brass Simple mounting with hexagonal steel nuts Large after-travel Good adjustment of switching point Bellows to protect plunger against soiling -6

45 Position and limit switches Telescopic roller-plunger 2R Snap action 9 6,2 R 5 M 6 x,8 2 Change-over contact with double break M2R 660--k-y M2R k-y 0, , - -2 Actuating speed with actuating angle 0 to switch axis: max. 0.5 m/s Threaded tube: Nickel-plated brass Simple mounting with hexagonal steel nuts Large after-travel Good adjustment of switching point Also available with roller turned 90 to axis of switch body, ordering suffix -u -7

46 Position and limit switches M 660 and , ,5 5, 8 ø 6 Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated X M 660 without mounting flange, M 6620 with mounting flange Snap action, change-over contact with single break Gold-plated contacts Snap action with self-cleaning contacts With pre-wired cable x 0.75 mm 2 Protection class IP 67 Suitable for aggressive environmental conditions Good resistance to petroleum spirit and oil Flange or central mounting Cable length 0.5 m Other lengths on request. Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic with perbunan gaskets Hexagon nuts: M6x, nickel-plated steel Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: gold-plated silver Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Contact type: change-over contact, single break Pre-wired cable: H05VV-F x 0.75 mm 2 U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : A I e /U e : A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: A gg D-fuse Contact opening: 0.5 mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: 0000/h Actuating speed: min. 0 mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.05 mm Change-over contact with double break GY BK 2 Approvals Ordering details M➀ 66➁0--k-z-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -9 and following ➁ Without mounting flange 2 With mounting flange (only for S) ➂ u With roller turned 90 to axis of switch body (only for 2R) -8

47 Position and limit switches Rubber collar S , 8 Snap action 5,2 5 ø 6 Change-over contact with double break MS 660--k-z MS k-z ,5 0, Thermoplastic enclosure M 660 without mounting flange, M 6620 with mounting flange Telescopic plunger S ,5 6,8 Snap action ø8 M 6x Change-over contact with double break 9,5 MS 660--k-z 0,7 7, Simple mounting with hexagonal steel nuts Large after-travel Good adjustment of switching point Bellows to protect plunger against soiling -9

48 Position and limit switches Telescopic plunger 2S ,5 28,8 Snap action ø8 M 6x Change-over contact with double break M2S 660--k-z 0,7,5, ,5 Simple mounting with hexagonal steel nuts Large after-travel Good adjustment of switching point Bellows to protect plunger against soiling Telescopic roller-plunger 2R ,8 Snap action ø 2 M 6x Change-over contact with double break M2R 660--k-z 0,7 7, ,5 Simple mounting with hexagonal steel nuts Large after-travel Good adjustment of switching point Also available with roller turned 90 to axis of switch body, ordering suffix -u -0

49 Download now Data sheets, mounting and wiring instructions, declaration of conformity and other information at:

50 Position and limit switches ES/EM 50 ø Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated X Slow action A, change-over or 2 NC with double break Snap action, change-over contact with single break Overlapping contacts available Mounting details to EN 5007 Suitable for in-line mounting Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 Ex version available 6 ø, 8, Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: thermoplastic, self-extinguishing UL 9-VO Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow or snap action, positive break NC contacts A Contact type: ES : change-over contact, double break, galvanically separated contact bridges EM : change-over contact, single break Termination: cable H05VV-F Cable section: ES : x 0.75mm 2 EM : x 0.75 mm 2 U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : ES : 6 A EM : 5 A I e /U e : ES : 6 A / 250 VAC 0.25 A / 20 VDC EM : 5 A / 250 VAC 0.6 A / 20 VDC Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- Max. fuse rating: ES : 6 A gg D-fuse EM : 5 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 800/h Repeat accuracy of switching points: ES : ± 0. mm EM : ± 0.2 mm Impact resistance/ resistance to shock: 50 g / 6 ms Slow action, NO / NC BK 2 2 BK 2 Snap action, Change-over contact BK 2 Approvals Ordering details E➀ ➁-➂-➃-➄ No. Replace -2 Description ➀ S Slow action A M Snap action ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page - and following ➂ Ö/S NO/ NC S/Ö UE Overlapping contacts on request 2Ö 2 NC ➃ ST Plug-in connector M2 (A-Coding) s Cable output from side ➄ Cable length m 2m 2 m 5m 5 m 0m 0 m

51 Position and limit switches Plunger Snap action Slow action ø 0 8,5 NO / NC ES 2 0,5 2,8 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Change-over EM 0,5 5, Plunger W Snap action Slow action ø 0 7,7 NO / NC ES W 2 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Change-over EM W 0,5 5,

52 Position and limit switches Plunger F Snap action Slow action M x 0 2,8 ø 2 2 NO / NC ES F 2 0,5 2,8 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Change-over EM F 0,5 5, Ball plunger KU Snap action Slow action 6,9 8 NO / NC ES KU 2 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Change-over EM KU 0,5 5,

53 Position and limit switches Ball plunger WKU Snap action Slow action 2, 8 NO / NC ES WKU 2 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Change-over EM WKU 0,5 5, Ball plunger FKU Snap action Slow action M x ø 2 2, 2 NO / NC ES FKU 2 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Change-over EM FKU 0,5 5,

54 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R Snap action Slow action 2 5 2, NO / NC ES R 2 0,5 2,8 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Change-over EM R 0,5 5, Roller plunger WR Snap action Slow action , NO / NC ES WR 2 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Change-over EM WR 0,5 5,

55 Position and limit switches Roller plunger FR Mx ø Snap action Slow action 5 2 NO / NC ES FR 2 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Change-over EM FR 0,5 5, Long spring wire TL ø,6 Snap action Slow action 57 NO / NC ES TL Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Wire can be shortened 0 mm in actuating area Exact linear actuation not necessary Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8 Change-over EM TL

56 8ø7 Position and limit switches Spring rod TF Snap action Slow action 8 NO / NC ES TF With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8 Change-over EM TF Spring rod TK ø7 Snap action Slow action 7 NO / NC ES TK Wear-restistant plastic rod Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8 Change-over EM TK

57 Position and limit switches Roller lever D 8 0,5 8 Snap action Slow action 2 NO / NC ES D Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Change-over EM D Long roller lever DL 8 0,5 8 Snap action Slow action 50 NO / NC ES DL Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Change-over EM DL

58 Position and limit switches Roller lever DS Snap action Slow action NO / NC ES DS Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Change-over EM DS Ball plunger at front VKU Snap action Slow action ø 2 NO / NC ES VKU 2 0 6,5 2, Actuation from any direction Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Change-over EM VKU 0 6,

59 Position and limit switches Roller plunger at front VR Snap action Slow action ø 8 NO / NC ES VR 2 0 6,5 2, Actuator can be transposed by 90 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Change-over EM VR 0 6,

60 Position and limit switches ES 50 ø ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated X Slow action A, change-over with double break Version with contacts has cable on left-hand side Overlapping contacts available Suitable for in-line mounting Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 Ex version available 6 ø 5,6 ø 0 5,5 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: thermoplastic, self-extinguishing UL 9-VO Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, positive break NC contacts A Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges Termination: cable H05VV-F Cable section: x 0.75 mm 2 U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A I e /U e : 6 A / 250 VAC 0.25 A / 20 VDC Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 800/h Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0. mm Impact resistance/ resistance to shock: 50g/6ms NO / NC BK 2 2 BK 2 Approvals Ordering details ES ➀➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -5 and following ➁ Ö/S NO/ NC ( contacts on request) ➂ ST Plug-in connector M2 (A-Coding) s Cable output from side B Cable entry M6 bottom SB from side ➃ Cable length m 2m 2 m 5m 5 m 0m 0 m -52

61 Position and limit switches Plunger Slow action ø 0 0 NO / NC ES Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Plunger W Slow action ø 0 9,2 NO / NC ES W Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -5

62 Position and limit switches Plunger F Slow action M x 0 2,2 ø 2 2 NO / NC ES F Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Ball plunger KU Slow action 8, 8 NO / NC ES KU Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point -5

63 Position and limit switches Ball plunger WKU Slow action 22,6 8 NO / NC ES WKU Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Ball plunger FKU Slow action M x ø 2 22,6 2 NO / NC ES FKU Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Ball Ø 8 mm Exact repeatability of switching point -55

64 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R ,8 NO / NC Slow action ES R Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Roller plunger WR 2 28,6 5 NO / NC Slow action ES WR Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -56

65 Position and limit switches Roller plunger FR Mx ø Slow action 6,5 2 NO / NC ES FR Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Offset roller lever WH Slow action ,5 NO / NC ES WH Ö/S 0 5,5,5 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -57

66 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever WHL 5 7 Slow action 9,5,5 NO / NC ES WHL Ö/S 0 6,2,5,8 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Roller lever WHK 5 Slow action 2 6,8 NO / NC ES WHK Ö/S 0,9 7,5,9, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis -58

67 Position and limit switches Roller lever WPH,7 7 Slow action 8 6, NO / NC ES WPH Ö/S 0,2 2,7 0, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with actuating angle of α = 0 to switch axis Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from below Roller lever D 8 0,5 8 Slow action 8 2 NO / NC ES D Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request -59

68 Position and limit switches Long roller lever DL 8 0,5 8 Slow action 8 50 NO / NC ES DL Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Roller lever DS Slow action NO / NC ES DS Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request -60

69 Position and limit switches Wire lever DD ø Slow action 20 8,5 20 NO / NC ES DD Ö/S Wear-restistant thermoplastic tip Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Long spring wire TL ø,6 Slow action 58,5 NO / NC ES TL Ö/S Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Wire can be shortened 0 mm in actuating area Exact linear actuation not necessary Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8-6

70 8ø7 Position and limit switches Spring rod TF Slow action 82,5 NO / NC ES TF Ö/S With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8 Spring rod TK ø7 Slow action 8,5 NO / NC ES TK Ö/S Wear-restistant plastic rod Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8-62

71 Position and limit switches E ø 2 0 7,5 9 6 ø 5,6 ø 0 5,5 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: pressure die cast Al alloy Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action Contact type: change-over contact, single break Termination: cable H05VV-F Cable section: x 0.75 mm 2 U i : 250 V I the : 5A I e /U e : 5 A / 250 VAC 0.6 A / 20 VDC Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- Max. fuse rating: 5 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: million operations Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0. mm Impact resistance/ resistance to shock: 50g/6ms -pole change-over contact BK 2 Metal enclosure Snap action, change-over contact with single break Suitable for in-line mounting Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 Ex version available Approvals Ordering details E 2 ➀-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 and following ➁ s Cable output from side B Cable entry M6 bottom SB from side ➂ Cable length m 2m 2 m 5m 5 m 0m 0 m -6

72 Position and limit switches Plunger Snap action ø 0 0 -pole change-over contact E 2 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Plunger W Snap action ø 0 9,2 -pole change-over contact E 2 W 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -6

73 Position and limit switches Plunger F Snap action M x 0 2,2 ø 2 2 -pole change-over contact E 2 F 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Ball plunger KU Snap action 8, 8 -pole change-over contact E 2 KU 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point -65

74 Position and limit switches Ball plunger WKU Snap action 22,6 8 -pole change-over contact E 2 WKU 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Ball plunger FKU Snap action M x ø 2 22,6 2 -pole change-over contact E 2 FKU 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Ball Ø 8 mm Exact repeatability of switching point -66

75 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R Snap action ,8 -pole change-over contact E 2 R 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Roller plunger WR Snap action ,6 -pole change-over contact E 2 WR 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -67

76 Position and limit switches Roller plunger FR Mx ø Snap action 6,5 2 -pole change-over contact E 2 FR 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Offset roller lever WH Snap action ,5 -pole change-over contact E 2 WH 0,5 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -68

77 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever WHL 5 7 Snap action 9,5,5 -pole change-over contact E 2 WHL 0,8, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Roller lever WHK 5 Snap action 2 6,8 -pole change-over contact E 2 WHK 0,9 7, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis -69

78 Position and limit switches Roller lever WPH,7 7 Snap action 8 6, -pole change-over contact E 2 WPH 0 0,7 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with actuating angle of α = 0 to switch axis Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 80 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies With plastic roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from below Long spring wire TL ø,6 Snap action 58,5 -pole change-over contact E 2 TL Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Wire can be shortened 0 mm in actuating area Exact linear actuation not necessary Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8-70

79 8ø7 Position and limit switches Spring rod TF Snap action 82,5 -pole change-over contact E 2 TF With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8 Spring rod TK ø7 Snap action 8,5 -pole change-over contact E 2 TK Wear-restistant plastic rod Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 8-7

80 Position and limit switches Roller lever D 8 0,5 8 Snap action 8 2 -pole change-over contact E 2 D Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Long roller lever DL 8 0,5 8 Snap action 50 -pole change-over contact E 2 DL Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request -72

81 Position and limit switches Roller lever DS Snap action pole change-over contact E 2 DS Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Wire lever DD ø Snap action 6,5 ø pole change-over contact E 2 DD Wear-restistant thermoplastic tip Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80-7

82 Position and limit switches ES 5 55 M6, Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max..5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U i : 00 V I the : A I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 600/h Actuating speed: 0.2 m/s NO / NC Metal enclosure Slow action A, change-over with double break cable entry M6 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Approvals Ordering details ES 5 ➀ Ö/S No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -75 and following -7

83 Position and limit switches Plunger Slow action 6 NO / NC ES 5 Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Plunger W Slow action 6 NO / NC ES 5 W Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Exact repeatability of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -75

84 Position and limit switches Adjustable plunger ST Slow action M NO / NC ES 5 ST Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Projection of plunger adjustable for fine setting of switching point Adjustable plunger WST Slow action 22,5 Mx20 NO / NC ES 5 WST Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Projection of plunger adjustable for fine setting of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -76

85 Position and limit switches Ball plunger KU Slow action 8 9 ø 2 NO / NC ES 5 KU Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point Plunger WK Slow action NO / NC ES 5 WK Ö/S 0 2, Large actuating surface Safe switching even with imprecise actuation Suitable for manual operation Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -77

86 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R Slow action ø ø,5 2 NO / NC ES 5 R Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Metal rollers Actuator heads can be repositioned in steps x 90 Roller plunger WR ø,5 Slow action 7,7 NO / NC ES 5 WR Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Can be supplied with actuator turned 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -78

87 Position and limit switches Roller lever H Slow action ø 7,5 28 NO / NC ES 5 H Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever WH Slow action ø 7 NO / NC ES 5 WH Ö/S 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -79

88 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever HL 0 6 Slow action ø 8 5 NO / NC ES 5 HL Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever WHL 0 6,5 Slow action ø 8 5 NO / NC ES 5 WHL Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -80

89 Position and limit switches Roller lever PH 0 5 ø NO / NC Slow action ES 5 PH Ö/S 0, ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with actuating angle of α = 0 to switch axis Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from below Roller lever WPH Slow action 0 5 ø NO / NC ES 5 WPH Ö/S 0, ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with actuating angle of α = 0 to switch axis Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from below -8

90 Position and limit switches Roller lever HK ø 2,5 6 Slow action,5 7 NO / NC ES 5 HK Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis Roller lever WHK ø 2,5 6 Slow action,5 7 NO / NC ES 5 WHK Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis -82

91 Position and limit switches Roller lever D ø Slow action 8,5 2 NO / NC ES 5 D Ö/S ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request Long roller lever DL ø Slow action,5 50 NO / NC ES 5 DL Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request -8

92 Position and limit switches Wire lever DD 9 9 Slow action 20 NO / NC ES 5 DD Ö/S ,5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic tip Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Spring-rod lever DF ø,6 ca. 7,5 9,5 Slow action 0, NO / NC ES 5 DF Ö/S Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80-8

93 Position and limit switches Roller lever DS ø Slow action, NO / NC ES 5 DS Ö/S Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request -85

94 Position and limit switches ES/EM and ES/EM (25) ,2 M6 x,5 0,5* * Dimensions only for ES/EM 6 2,5* 20,5 8* 0 8* Metal enclosure Slow action A, change-over or 2 NC with double break Snap action, change-over contact with double break Overlapping contacts available ES/EM : with 25 mm mounting centres cable entries M6 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Available with interlocking For temperatures up to 80 C on request Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow or snap action Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : 6A I e /U e : 6 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: slow action: 2 x 5 mm snap action: 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 600/h Actuating speed: 0.2 m/s Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.05 mm Impact resistance/ resistance to shock: 50g/6ms Snap action NO / NC 2 22 Slow action NO / NC NC Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC Approvals Ordering details E➀ ➁➂➃-➄ No. Replace -86 Description ➀ S Slow action A M Snap action ➁ Standard housing Housing with 25 mm mounting centres ➂ For the appropriate actuator: see page -87 and following ➃ Ö/S NO/ NC S/Ö UE Overlapping contacts on request 2Ö 2 NC ➄ BL Mounting straps on side RL5, Enclosure with circular mounting holes

95 Position and limit switches Plunger Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 6 NO / NC EM.. Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. Ö/S , ES.. UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point 2 NC ES.. 2Ö 2 0, 5,5-2 Plunger W Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 6 NO / NC EM.. W Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. W Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. W UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Exact repeatability of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies 2 NC ES.. W 2Ö 2 0, 5,

96 Position and limit switches Adjustable plunger ST Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts -7 M NO / NC EM.. ST Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. ST Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. ST UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Length of plunger adjustable by means of M setting screw For fine setting of switch travel 2 NC ES.. ST 2Ö 2 0, 5,5-2 Adjustable plunger WST Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 22,5 Mx20 NO / NC EM.. WST Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. WST Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. WST UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Length of plunger adjustable by means of M setting screw For fine setting of switch travel Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies 2 NC ES.. WST 2Ö 0, 5,

97 Position and limit switches Ball plunger KU 8 9 ø6 NO / NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM.. KU Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. KU Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. KU UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 20 Can be actuated in line with or from side of switch axis Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Exact repeatability of switching point 2 NC ES.. KU 2Ö 2 0, 5,5-2 Plunger WK NO / NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM.. WK Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. WK Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. WK UE 0 2 5, Large actuating surface Safe switching even with imprecise actuation Suitable for manual operation Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies 2 NC ES.. WK 2Ö 2 0, 5,

98 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R ø ø,5 2 NO / NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM.. R Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. R Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. R UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Metal rollers Actuator can be repositioned by 90 2 NC ES.. R 2Ö 2 0, 5,5-2 Roller plunger WR ø,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 7,7 NO / NC EM.. WR Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. WR Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. WR UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 25 Metal rollers Actuator can be repositioned by 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies 2 NC ES.. WR 2Ö 2 0, 5,

99 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever H ø 7,5 28 NO / NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM.. H Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. H Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. H UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. H 2Ö 2 0, 5,5-2 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever WH ø 7 28,7 NO / NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM.. WH Ö/S 0,6 5,5-0,5 - ES.. WH Ö/S 0 2 5, ES.. WH UE 0 2 5, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. WH 2Ö 2 0, 5,5-2 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -9

100 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever HL 0 ø 5 7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC EM.. HL Ö/S 0 2 -,5 - ES.. HL Ö/S 0, ES.. HL UE 0, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. HL 2Ö 2 0 2,5 2-2 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever WHL 0 ø 5 7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 6 NO / NC EM.. WHL Ö/S 0 2 -,5 - ES.. WHL Ö/S 0, ES.. WHL UE 0, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. WHL 2Ö 0 2,5 2-2 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -92

101 Position and limit switches Roller lever PH 0 7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts,5 ø NO / NC EM.. PH Ö/S 0,5 5-0,5 - ES.. PH Ö/S ES.. PH UE ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. PH 2Ö Legend α: Actuating angle from below Roller lever WPH 0 7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts,5 ø NO / NC EM.. WPH Ö/S 0,5 5-0,5 - ES.. WPH Ö/S ES.. WPH UE ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. WPH 2Ö Legend α: Actuating angle from below -9

102 Position and limit switches Roller lever HK ø 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 7 NO / NC EM.. HK Ö/S 0 2, ES.. HK Ö/S 0 2, ,5 ES.. HK UE 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. HK 2Ö 2 0, 6-2 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis Roller lever WHK ø 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 7 NO / NC EM.. WHK Ö/S 0 2, ES.. WHK Ö/S 0 2, ,5 ES.. WHK UE 0 2, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. WHK 2Ö 0, 6-2 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis -9

103 Position and limit switches Roller lever D ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 8,5 2,5 NO / NC EM.. D Ö/S ES.. D Ö/S ES.. D UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. D 2Ö Long roller lever DL ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts,5 50 NO / NC EM.. DL Ö/S ES.. DL Ö/S ES.. DL UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. DL 2Ö

104 Position and limit switches Roller lever DS ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts, NO / NC EM.. DS Ö/S ES.. DS Ö/S ES.. DS UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES.. DS 2Ö Spring-rod lever DF ø,6 ca. 7,5 9,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 0, NO / NC EM.. DF Ö/S ES.. DF Ö/S ES.. DF UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 2 NC ES.. DF 2Ö

105 Position and limit switches Wire lever DD 9 9 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts,5 20 NO / NC EM.. DD Ö/S ES.. DD Ö/S ES.. DD UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s Wear-restistant thermoplastic tip Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 2 NC ES.. DD 2Ö Long spring wire TL ø7 95 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 6 NO / NC EM.. TL Ö/S ES.. TL Ö/S ES.. TL UE Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Wire can be shortened 0 mm in actuating area Exact linear actuation not necessary Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES.. TL 2Ö

106 Position and limit switches Spring rod TF ø7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 8 86 NO / NC EM.. TF Ö/S ES.. TF Ö/S ES.. TF UE With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES.. TF 2Ö Long spring wire TFL ø7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 8 96 NO / NC EM.. TFL Ö/S ES.. TFL Ö/S ES.. TFL UE With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES.. TFL 2Ö

107 Position and limit switches Spring rod TK ø7 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 22 NO / NC EM.. TK Ö/S ES.. TK Ö/S ES.. TK UE Wear-restistant thermoplastic tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES.. TK 2Ö

108 Position and limit switches M 0 66,5 60 5, 9,5 7, 76 0,5 0 5 M20 x,5 0 0 Metal enclosure Snap action, self-cleaning contacts, change-over contact, double break, silver contacts Galvanically separated contact bridges Mountings and switching points to EN 500 Particularly long life Suitable for low actuating speeds Free of silicon Proved in power station applications cable entry M20 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Min. actuating speed mm/min with reference to the plunger Available with plug-in connection Standards: IEC/EN DIN EN 500 Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action Contact type: change-over contact, double break, same potential Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration:.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: > 0 million operations Switching frequency: 5000/h Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.02 mm on plunger Impact resistance/ resistance to shock: 50g/6ms NO / NC 2 22 Approvals Ordering details M➀ 0-y-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -0 and following ➁ Without LED G2 With LED ➂ AuNi Gold-nickle alloy contacts 6 Splined shaft and lever with 0 toothing 66 Version for high temperature up to + 60 C Note 2 VDC L LED version Ordering suffix G2, protected against incorrect polarity and voltage spikes. Supply voltage indication: Green (GN) Switching position indication: Yellow (YE) YE 2 GN -00

109 Position and limit switches Plunger S Snap action 9 25,5 27,5 NO / NC MS 0-y ,5 - Required actuating force 7.5 N To DIN EN 500 Version for high temperature up to + 60 C, ordering suffix -66 Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Telescopic plunger 2S ø 8,5 Snap action,5 5 NO / NC M2S 0-y 0 0,2 5-0,6 - Required actuating force 5 N Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -0

110 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R ø 7,2,6 Snap action 0,5 8,5 NO / NC MR 0-y ,5 - Required actuating force 7.5 N Plastic roller Actuator head can be transposed by 90 To DIN EN 500 Metal roller available on request Version for high temperature up to + 60 C, ordering suffix -66 Offset roller lever K 7 9 8,5 Snap action 7, NO / NC MK 0-y 0 2,2 9 -,2 - Required actuating force 9 N Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Actuation from the right should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -02

111 Position and limit switches Angle roller lever K 8 8,5 Snap action 5,5 20 NO / NC MK 0-y 0 2,7 -,5 - Required actuating force 6 N Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Side plunger S 2,7 Snap action 27,5 5,5 NO / NC MS 0-y Required actuating force 7 N Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90-0

112 Position and limit switches Side roller plunger R Snap action,6 55, 27,5 7,2 5,5 NO / NC MR 0-y Required actuating force 7 N Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Spring rod lever AF 5 5 ø8 Snap action 08,5 NO / NC MAF 0-y Required actuating force 9.0 N Can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle of 5-0

113 Position and limit switches Forked roller lever D 5, ,5 7 5 NO / NC Snap action MVD 0-y 0 62 H ,5 8,5 25 H With latching end position Actuator head with 90 end position latching Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Plastic rollers Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Legend Y: Snap action point Actuator head for lever V. 5,5 6,5 60 ø 0 NO / NC Snap action MV. 0-y Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Patented low-wear actuator head Version for high temperature up to + 60 C, ordering suffix -66 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing, ordering suffix -6 The range of turning levers is presented on the next page. -05

114 Position and limit switches Roller lever 8H Roller lever 7H 20 6,5 9,5 8,5 28 ø , ,5 Roller lever H 20 6,5 57,7 7 ø 0 5 9ø 7 Rod lever 0H ø ,5 5,5 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Spring rod lever on shaft H ø 6,5, 5, ,5 6 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Lever with 0 toothing, ordering suffix -6 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Spring with projecting rod Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Roller lever H Rod lever 9H 7 6, ø 6,5, , Required actuating torque 2 Ncm, ordering suffix -A 50.5 Ncm, without ordering suffix -A Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Lever with 0 toothing, ordering suffix -6 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Plastic rod Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Aluminium or stainless steel rod also available Leaf-spring lever 2H 6,5, ,5 6 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Leaf spring 2.5 mm thick Epoxy-resin leaf spring Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Leaf-spring lever 6H 6,5, ,5 2 ø 0 6 5,5 6 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Lever with 0 toothing, ordering suffix -6 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Stainless steel rod Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Required actuating torque 50.5 Ncm Leaf spring 0.8 mm thick Spring-steel leaf spring Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90-06

115 Position and limit switches ES/EM , M Metal enclosure Slow action A, change-over or 2 NC with double break Snap action, change-over contact with double break Available with overlapping contacts cable entries M20 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Ex version available Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow or snap action Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 00 V I the : 6A I e /U e : ES 6: 6 A / 00 VAC EM 6: 6 A / 00 VAC ES 6 2Ö: 6 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 7000/h Actuating speed: 0.2 m/s Impact resistance/ resistance to shock: 50g/6ms Snap action NO / NC 2 22 Slow action NO / NC NC Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC Approvals Ordering details E➀ 6 ➁➂ No. Replace Description ➀ S Slow action A M Snap action ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page -08 and following ➂ Ö/S NO/ NC S/Ö UE Overlapping contacts on request 2Ö 2 NC -07

116 Position and limit switches Plunger W ø7 NO / NC Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts EM 6 W Ö/S ,8 - ES 6 W Ö/S , ES 6 W UE 0, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Exact repeatability of switching point Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies 2 NC ES 6 W 2Ö 2 0 2,5 6-2 Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever WH ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC EM 6 WH Ö/S 0 2,5 7 -,2 - ES 6 WH Ö/S 0, ,5 ES 6 WH UE 0, Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 25º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 WH 2Ö Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -08

117 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever WHL,5 ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC EM 6 WHL Ö/S 0,5-2,5 - ES 6 WHL Ö/S 0 8, ES 6 WHL UE ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º und β = 0º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 WHL 2Ö Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the left should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Roller lever WHK ø 22 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC EM 6 WHK Ö/S 0 9 -,5 - ES 6 WHK Ö/S 0 5, ES 6 WHK UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0 Actuation only possible from one side (R.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 WHK 2Ö Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis -09

118 Position and limit switches Roller lever WPH 7 0 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts,5 ø 22 NO / NC EM 6 WPH Ö/S 0 6 -,5 - ES 6 WPH Ö/S ,5 ES 6 WPH UE ,5 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0 Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 WPH 2Ö Legend α: Actuating angle from below Roller lever D ø 8 8 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 2 20,5 NO / NC EM 6 D Ö/S ES 6 D Ö/S ES 6 D UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 D 2Ö

119 Position and limit switches Long roller lever DL ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 20,5 50 NO / NC EM 6 DL Ö/S ES 6 DL Ö/S ES 6 DL UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 DL 2Ö Roller lever DS ø Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 20, NO / NC EM 6 DS Ö/S ES 6 DS Ö/S ES 6 DS UE Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of 5 Wear-restistant thermoplastic roller Lever can be repositioned 0 steps clockwise or counter-clockwise Actuator can be repositioned by 80 Metal roller available on request 2 NC ES 6 DS 2Ö

120 Position and limit switches Long spring wire TL ø7 5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 95 NO / NC EM 6 TL Ö/S ES 6 TL Ö/S ES 6 TL UE Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Wire can be shortened 0 mm in actuating area Exact linear actuation not necessary Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES 6 TL 2Ö Spring rod TF 0 ø 9,8 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 05 NO / NC EM 6 TF Ö/S ES 6 TF Ö/S ES 6 TF UE With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES 6 TF 2Ö

121 Position and limit switches Long spring wire TFL ø 9,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC EM 6 TFL Ö/S ES 6 TFL Ö/S ES 6 TFL UE With rounded steel tip Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES 6 TFL 2Ö Spring rod TK 0 ø 8,5 Snap action Slow action Slow action with overlapping contacts 200 NO / NC EM 6 TK Ö/S ES 6 TK Ö/S ES 6 TK UE Wear-restistant plastic rod Spring rod can be actuated from any direction Elasticity of the spring allows for deflection above the max. switching angle 2 NC ES 6 TK 2Ö

122 Position and limit switches T/M 05 T 06 T/M , 5, , Ø 25 5,5 2 8,5 Ø , Ø 25 5,5 2 8,5 Ø6 5 ø M20 8, M 20x, M 20x,5 8 Metal enclosure Slow action A, change-over or 2 NC or 2 NO with double break Snap action, change-over contact with double break Snap action with galvanically separated moving contacts Blow-out magnets available to switch high DC currents cable entries Protection class IP 65 Metal enclosure contact, slow action A Blow-out magnets available to switch high DC currents cable entries Protection class IP 65 The switch travel of the contacts complies with the T/M 05 series (see page -6). Metal enclosure contacts, (NC) A Snap action, change-over contact with double break Snap action with galvanically separated moving contacts Blow-out magnets available to switch high DC currents cable entries Protection class IP 65 The switch travel of the contacts complies with the T/M 05 series (see page -6). Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details ➀➁ 05-➂y-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ T Slow action A M Snap action ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 and following ➂ NO/ NC 02 2 NC 20 2 NO ➃ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts c Magnetic blow-out Ordering details T➀ 06-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 and following ➁ 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 0 NC 0 NO ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts c Magnetic blow-out Ordering details ➀➁ 07-➂y-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ T Slow action A M Snap action ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 and following ➂ 22 2 NO/2 NC NO/ NC NO/ NC ➃ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts c Magnetic blow-out -

123 Position and limit switches Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light alloy, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow or snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges slow action, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : change-over contact: 500 V only NC or NO contacts: 00 V I the : 0 A I e /U e : Snap action: 2.5 A / 00 VAC Slow action: A / 00 VAC with magnetic blow-out (ordering suffix -c): A / 220 VDC, A / 2 VDC Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- Max. fuse rating: 20 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x.2 mm slow action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm Switchover time: snap action: 0 ms Bounce duration: snap action: 2.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: snap action: 0 million operations slow action: 5 million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min. mm/s on plunger -5

124 Position and limit switches Plunger S Snap action Slow action 56 NO / NC MS 05-y 0 2,5 5 TS 05-y 2 0 2,5 5 2 NC TS 05-02y Actuating speed m/s with an actuating angle of max. 20 Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this appreciably reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. 2 NO TS 05-20y 2 0 2,5 5 Telescopic plunger 2S ø 0 5 Snap action Slow action NO / NC M2S 05-y 0 2,5 20 T2S 05-y 2 0 2, NC T2S 05-02y Actuating speed m/s with an actuating angle of max. 20 With large after-travel Actuator head with captive stainless steel ball actuator Available with bellows to protect against heavy soiling, ordering suffix -q 2 NO T2S 05-20y 2 0 2,5 20 Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this appreciably reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -6

125 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever K 5,5 8,5 Snap action Slow action NO / NC MK 05-y TK 05-y ,5 2 0,5 2 2 NC TK 05-02y Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º and β = 5º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NO TK 05-20y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the right should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever 2K 5,5 8,5 Snap action Slow action NO / NC M2K 05-y 0 7 T2K 05-y 2 0 7,5 0,5 2 NC T2K 05-02y 2 0 Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 60º and β = 5º Actuation only possible from one side (L.H.S. in illustration) Free movement of actuator from other side Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NO T2K 05-20y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis -7

126 Position and limit switches Angle roller lever K ,5 NO / NC Snap action MK 05-y Slow action TK 05-y ,5 2 2 NC TK 05-02y Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 5 Actuation parallel to axis of switch from below Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request 2 NO TK 05-20y Legend α: Actuating angle from below Top-side actuation should be avoided, such actuation reducing the life of the position switch Actuator head for lever V. ø Snap action Slow action 27 ø 0 NO / NC MV. 05-y TV. 05-y , Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º with lever fitted Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Splined shaft and lever available 2 NC 2 NO TV y TV y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis The range of turning levers is presented on the next page. -8

127 Position and limit switches Roller lever 8H Roller lever 7H Rod lever 0H ø20 8,5 2 9 ø 6 ø Roller lever H Spring rod lever on shaft H 90 ø ,5 ø Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Splined shaft and lever available Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Elasticity of spring allows for inexact movement of actuator Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Roller lever H Rod lever 9H ø 6 8 ø , Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Splined shaft and lever available Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Epoxy resin rod Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Leaf-spring lever 2H 2, Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Leaf spring 2.5 mm thick Epoxy-resin leaf spring Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Leaf-spring lever 6H 0, , Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Splined shaft and lever available Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Steel rod Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Leaf spring 0.8 mm thick Spring-steel leaf spring Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90-9

128 Position and limit switches U , 5 8,5 2 M 20 9, Metal enclosure Switching points and contact function adjustable Slow action: one contact cable entry Protection class IP 65 In the absence of other details in order, these single-pole switches are supplied with one NC contact Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light alloy die-casting, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 6 A I e /U e : 6 A / 00 VAC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: max. 2 x.5 mm Ambient temperature: 20 C + 60 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Contact life: 2 million operations at 6 A / 00 V, cos ϕ = 0, Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min. mm/s on plunger Plunger 0 VS VÖ 5 Offset roller lever 0 8 VS VÖ 8 Roller lever VS VS VÖ VÖ N 9 Approvals Ordering details U➀ y-➁-➂ No. Replace -20 Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -22 and following ➁ NC S NO ➂ 272 Version for low temperatures to 0 C Note Contact adjustment: Contact function, i. e. NC or NO contact, and switching points can be adjusted using a screwdriver Type of contact and switching points can be factory set to order. On lever-type actuator heads, the contact setting applies to both directions of actuation. Note Legend VS: adjustable range of NO contact VÖ: adjustable range of NC contact N: after travel

129 Position and limit switches U 2 U U , 5 8,5 9, , ,5 2 9, , 5 2 8,5 9, M M M 20 Metal enclosure Switching points and contact function adjustable Slow action: two contacts cable entries Protection class IP 65 In the absence of other details in order, these double-pole switches are supplied with two NC contacts Metal enclosure Switching points and contact function adjustable Slow action: three contacts cable entries Protection class IP 65 In the absence of other details in order, these triple-pole switches are supplied with three NC contacts Metal enclosure Switching points and contact function adjustable Slow action: four contact cable entries Protection class IP 65 In the absence of other details in order, these four-pole switches are supplied with two NO and two NC contacts Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details U➀ 2y-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -22 and following ➁ 2NC 2S 2 NO S/Ö NO/ NC ➂ 272 Version for low temperatures to 0 C Ordering details U➀ y-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -22 and following ➁ NC S NO S/2Ö NO/2 NC 2S/Ö 2 NO/ NC ➂ 272 Version for low temperatures to 0 C Ordering details U➀ y-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -22 and following ➁ 2 NO/2 NC Ö NC S NO S/Ö NO/ NC S/Ö NO/ NC ➂ 272 Version for low temperatures to 0 C -2

130 Position and limit switches Plunger S Roller lever 8H Roller lever 7H ø6 9 Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of max. 20 Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this appreciably reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever K 8 5,5 0 8,5 2 20,5 20 8, ø Weight of actuator 25 g Plastic roller Splined shaft and lever available Available with metal roller, ordering suffix -RMS Weight of actuator 05 g Plastic roller Available with metal roller, ordering suffix -RMS Roller lever H Spring rod lever on shaft H ø 5 2 8, Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º and β = 5º Plastic roller Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Weight of actuator 5 g Plastic roller Splined shaft and lever available Available with metal roller, ordering suffix -RMS Weight of actuator 05 g Actuator head for lever V. Roller lever H Rod lever 9H 6 8 ø 6,5 60 ø , ,5 Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Splined shaft and lever available Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Weight of actuator 95 g Plastic roller Splined shaft and lever available Available with metal roller, ordering suffix -RMS Weight of actuator 90 g Steel rod -22

131 Position and limit switches Rod lever 0H ø ,5 Weight of actuator 75 g Plastic rod Leaf-spring lever 2H 2 2, Weight of actuator 85 g Leaf spring 2.5 mm thick Epoxy-resin leaf spring Leaf-spring lever 6H 0, Weight of actuator 85 g Leaf spring 0.8 mm thick Spring-steel leaf spring -2

132 Position and limit switches T 22 T/M T 52 8, , ø 0 0 8, M M M Metal enclosure contact, slow action A 2 cable entries Protection class IP 65 Metal enclosure 2 contact, slow action A Slow action available with overlapping contacts Snap action, change-over contact with double break 2 cable entries Protection class IP 65 Metal enclosure 2 or contact, slow action A Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts 2 cable entries Protection class IP 65 The switch travel of the contacts complies with the T/M or T 22 series (see page -26). Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details T➀ 22-➁y-➂ No. Replace -2 Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -26 and following ➁ 0 NC 0 NO ➂ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version 0 ºC C Gold-plated contacts Ordering details ➀➁ -y➂-➃-➄ No. Replace Description ➀ T Slow action A M Snap action ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page -26 and following ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts ➃ Cast iron enclosure a Aluminium enclosure ➄ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version 0 ºC C Gold-plated contacts Ordering details T➀ 52-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -26 and following ➁ 02 2 NC 2 NO/2 NC 20 2 NO 2 2 NO/ NC ➂ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version 0 ºC C Gold-plated contacts

133 Position and limit switches T/M ø 0 0 8, M20 Metal enclosure or contact, slow action A Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts Snap action, change-over contact with double break 2 cable entries Protection class IP The switch travel of the contacts complies with the T/M or T 22 series (see page -26). T ø 0 8, M25 Metal enclosure 6 contact, slow action A Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts cable entries Protection class IP The switch travel of the contacts complies with the T/M or T 22 series (see page -26). Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow or snap action, double break Contact type: snap action: change-over contact up to 250 V, with galvanically separated contact bridges slow action: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : snap action: kv slow action: 6 kv U i : snap action: 250 V slow action: 00 V suffix -k or -t: 500 V I the : 6 A I e /U e : snap action: A / 20 V slow action: A / 00 V Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm slow action: max. 2 x 6.0 mm Switchover time: snap action: 5 ms Bounce duration: snap action: 5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: snap action: 5 million operations slow action: 0 million operations Contact life: 0 million operations at A / 00 V, cos ϕ = 0, Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min. mm/s on plunger Approvals Approvals Ordering details ➀➁ 6-➂y- ➃ No. Replace Description ➀ T Slow action A M Snap action (only for -22y) ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page -26 and following ➂ 0 NC NO/ NC 22 2 NO/2 NC 0 NO NO/ NC ➃ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version 0 ºC C Gold-plated contacts Ordering details T➀ 70-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -26 and following ➁ NO/ NC (every other contact combination is possible, except 6 NO contacts or 6 NC contacts) ➂ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version 0 ºC C Gold-plated contacts -25

134 Position and limit switches Plunger S Snap action Slow action 8 ø 0 26 NO / NC MS -y 0 8 TS -y , Actuating speed m/s with an actuating angle of max. 20 NC TS 22-0y Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. NO TS 22-0y Telescopic plunger 2S ø 0 Snap action Slow action NO / NC M2S -y 0 2 T2S -y , Actuating speed m/s with an actuating angle of max. 20 Large after travel Actuator head with captive metal ball actuator Available with bellows to protect against heavy soiling, ordering suffix -q NC NO T2S 22-0y T2S 22-0y Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this appreciably reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -26

135 Position and limit switches Roller plunger R Snap action Slow action ,5 6 NO / NC MR -y 0 8 TR -y , Actuating speed 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Actuator can be repositioned by 90 Metal roller available on request Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis NC NO TR 22-0y TR 22-0y Offset roller lever K ø 25 6,5 Snap action Slow action NO / NC MK -y TK -y ,8 Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º and β = 5º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request NC NO TK 22-0y TK 22-0y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the right should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -27

136 Position and limit switches Offset roller lever J ø 6 9 Snap action Slow action NO / NC MJ -y ,8 TJ -y Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 0º and β = 5º Plastic roller Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request NC NO TJ 22-0y TJ 22-0y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the right should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Fork lever 2C 90 6 Snap action Slow action NO / NC M2C -y T2C -y With latching end position Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Change in actuating direction by repositioning actuator head Case-hardened lever NC NO T2C 22-0y T2C 22-0y

137 Position and limit switches Roller lever L Snap action Slow action 55 9 NO / NC ML -y TL -y ø Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller In temperature-resistant version, the roller can be mounted in two different positions on the shaft Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Splined shaft and lever available, ordering suffix -80 NC NO TL 22-0y TL 22-0y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Roller lever D Snap action Slow action ø 9 NO / NC MD -y TD -y Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller In temperature-resistant version, the roller can be mounted in two different positions on the shaft Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Lever can be transposed by 80 Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Metal roller available on request Splined shaft and lever available, ordering suffix -80 NC NO TD 22-0y TD 22-0y Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis -29

138 Position and limit switches T/M R R ,5 0,5 27,5 2 5,5 7 2 M ,5 Metal enclosure Snap or slow action, change over or 2 NC with double break or 2 NO Slow action, NC positive break A Operating shaft with ball bearings Blow-out magnets available to switch high DC currents cable entries Protection class IP Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow and snap action, double break Contact type: snap action: change-over contact, with 2 galvanically separated contact bridges slow action: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 00 V I the : 0 A I e /U e : snap action: 2.5 A / 00 VAC slow action: A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 20 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x.2 mm slow action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm Switchover time: snap action: 0ms Bounce duration: snap action: 2.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: snap action: 0 million operations slow action: 5 million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min. mm/s on plunger Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC NC NO Approvals Ordering details ➀2L 05-➁z➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ T Slow action A M Snap action ➁ NO/ NC 02 2 NC 20 2NO ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts ➃ c Magnetic blow-out -0

139 Position and limit switches T/M , M Metal enclosure Slow action A, change-over, 2 NC with double break or NC Snap action, change-over contact with double break Switching mechanism can be set for switching to right, left or in both directions Blow-out magnets available to switch high DC currents 2 cable entries Protection class IP 67 Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of 0 Snap action: Min m/s Slow action: Min m/s Approvals Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow and snap action, double break Contact type: snap action: change-over contact, up to 250 V, with 2 galvanically separated contact bridges slow action: change-over contact, up to 250 V, with 2 galvanically separated contact bridges, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 6 A I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm slow action: max. 2 x 2 mm Switchover time: snap action: 5 ms Bounce duration: snap action: 5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: snap action: 0 million operations slow action: 5 million operations Contact life: 0 million operations at A / 00 V, cos ϕ = 0, Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s at 0 snap action: 2-pole: min m/s, -pole: min m/s slow action: min m/s Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC NC NC left 2 NC right Ordering details ➀D 250-➁z➂-➃-➄ No. Replace Description ➀ T Slow action A M Snap action ➁ NO/ NC 02 2 NC 02/02 NC (2 right/2 left) ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts ➃ c Magnetic blow-out r Position latching 2 x 5 ➄ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version 0 ºC C Gold-plated contacts Note Switching mechanism can be set for switching to right, left or in both directions Position latching Available with 2 x 5 position latching, suffix -r Also possible with position latching: 2 x 0, 2 x 60, 2 x 90, x 5, x 60 and x 90 Force-travel diagram F(N) D250-..z a a Legend F: actuating force a: actuating travel It is not possible to combine version with magnetic blow-out (Ordering suffix c) and temperature-restistant and tropical version (Ordering suffix t) 90 -

140 Position and limit switches TS M25 x, Metal enclosure or contact, slow action A Roller levers J and X can be subsequently fitted at plunger S Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 25 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min. 0,0 m/s on plunger Actuating angle: max. 20 Weight: approx..2 kg Plunger S 0,5 6 5 Angle roller lever J Angle roller lever X Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Recommendation: use roller lever Approvals Ordering details T➀ 06-➁y-➂ No. Replace -2 Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page - ➁ 0 NC 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 0 NO 0 NC NO/ NC 22 2 NO/2 NC NO/ NC 0 NO ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[mm] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2.

141 Position and limit switches MS M25 x, Metal enclosure or contact, snap action with double break Roller levers J and X can be subsequently fitted at plunger S. Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, galvanically separated contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 25 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 25 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0000 operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min. 0,0 m/s on plunger Actuating angle: max. 20 Weight: approx..6 kg Plunger S NC contact 0 5 2,5 9 NO contact 0 5 2,5 9 Angle roller lever J NC contact NO contact Angle roller lever X NC contact NO contact Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Recommendation: use roller lever Approvals Ordering details M➀ 06-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page - ➁ 0 NC 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 0 NO 0 NC NO/ NC 22 2 NO/2 NC NO/ NC 0 NO ➂ r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[mm] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. -

142 Position and limit switches Plunger S 0 2 Actuating speed m/s with an actuating angle of max. 20 Roller levers J and X can be subsequently fitted at plunger S. Actuation from the side of the plunger should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Recommendation: use roller lever Offset roller lever J a Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 5º and β = 0º Plastic roller (metal roller on request) Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Available with rubber roller, ordering suffix - Actuation from the right should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. Offset roller lever X 6, Ø 25 a 20 Actuating speed max. 0.5 m/s with an actuating angle of α = 5º and β = 0º Plastic roller (metal roller on request) Actuator head can be repositioned in steps x 90 Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis Actuation from the right should be avoided, since this reduces the mechanical life of the position switch. -

143 Position and limit switches T M , , Metal enclosure contact, slow action A Actuating direction, each time 90 right-hand side and left-hand side rotation 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 25 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx..5 kg Roller lever NO / NC only NO only NC Approvals Ordering details T➀ 06-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 0 NC 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 0 NO 0/02 NC left/2 NC right 02/0 2 NC left/ NC right 0/20 NO left/2 NO right 20/0 2 NO left/ NO right ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

144 Position and limit switches M. 06 R M Metal enclosure or contact, snap action with double break Actuating direction always 50 right-hand side rotation 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing 22 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, galvanically separated contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 25 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 25 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0000 operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx..7 kg Roller lever NC NO Approvals Ordering details M➀ 06-➁y-➂-R No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 0 NO 22 2 NO/2 NC NO/ NC 0 NO ➂ r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

145 Position and limit switches M. 06 L M Metal enclosure or contact, snap action with double break Actuating direction always 55 left-hand side rotation 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing 22 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, galvanically separated contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 25 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 25 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0000 operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx..7 kg Roller lever NC NO Approvals Ordering details M➀ 06-➁y-➂-L No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 0 NC 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 0 NC NO/ NC 22 2 NO/2 NC ➂ r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

146 Position and limit switches T , Metal enclosure 2 contact, slow action A Actuating direction, each time 90 right-hand side and left-hand side rotation cable entries M20 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing 20 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 0 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx.. kg Roller lever NO / NC NO NC Approvals Ordering details T➀ 067-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 02 2NC NO/ NC 20 2NO 0/0 NC left/ NC right 0/0 NO left/ NO right ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

147 Position and limit switches T , , M25 7 Metal enclosure or 6 contact, slow action A Actuating direction, each time 75 right-hand side and left-hand side rotation cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 0 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Roller lever NO / NC Approvals Ordering details T➀ 7-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 02/02 2 NC left/2 NC right 20/20 2 NO left/2 NO right 0/0 NC left/ NC right 2/2 NO/2NC left/ NO/2NC right 2/2 2NO/NC left/ 2NO/NC right 0/0 NO left/ NO right ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

148 Position and limit switches M , , M Metal enclosure or 6 contact, snap action with double break Actuating direction, each time 60 right-hand side and left-hand side rotation cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, galvanically separated contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 0 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 25 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0000 operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Roller lever NO / NC Approvals Ordering details M➀ 7-➁y No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 02/02 2 NC left/2 NC right 20/20 2 NO left/2 NO right 0/0 NC left/ NC right 2/2 NO/2NC left/ NO/2NC right 2/2 2NO/NC left/ 2NO/NC right Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

149 Position and limit switches M. 7 R , , M25 Metal enclosure, or 6 contact, snap action with double break Actuating direction always 65 right-hand side rotation cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing 7 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, galvanically separated contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 0 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 25 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0000 operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Roller lever NO / NC Approvals Ordering details M➀ 7-➁y-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 2 NO/2 NC 2 2 NO/ NC 22 2 NO/2 NC NO/ NC ➂ R right-hand side rotation L left-hand side rotation (on request) ➃ r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page -6. Same switching points for left-hand execution (switch travel mirrored in the neutral point). -

150 Position and limit switches T , Metal enclosure Up to 6 contact, slow action A cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 0 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx..5 kg Roller lever NO contact NC contact Approvals Ordering details T➀ 0-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ NO/ NC (all contact combinations are possible, except for only NO or NC contact) ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

151 Position and limit switches T Metal enclosure Up to 0 contact, slow action A cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 5 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 25 A I e /U e : 0 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5.5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx. 6.8 kg Roller lever NO contact NC contact Approvals Ordering details T➀ 20-➁y-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 55 5 NO/5 NC (all contact combinations are possible, except for only NO or NC contact) ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts h with staggered contacts r Position latching 2 x 5 Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page -6. -

152 Position and limit switches T , Metal enclosure or contact, slow action A cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 6 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 60 A I e /U e : 20 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 20 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 50/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx. 5.9 kg Roller lever NO contact NC contact Approvals Ordering details T➀ 6-➁y No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 0 NC 0 NO Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page -6. -

153 Position and limit switches T Metal enclosure Up to 6 contact, slow action A cable entries M25 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow action, double break Contact type: positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M 6 Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 60 A I e /U e : 20 A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 20 A gg D-fuse Max. motor power consumption: with 00 V -phase 5 kw (squirrel-cage rotor n = 500 rpm) Contact opening: max. 2 x mm Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: max. 50/h Actuating speed: max. m/s, min m/s Actuating angle: max. 0 Weight: approx. 7. kg Roller lever NO contact NC contact Approvals Ordering details T➀ 26-➁y No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -6 ➁ 0/0 NC right/ NC left 0/0 NO right/ NO left Force-travel diagram F[N] s[ ] s[ ] Note The contact combinations can be found in the table on page -2. A selection of turning levers can be found on page

154 Position and limit switches Roller lever L Roller lever V Fork lever C Roller lever A Pull lever Z , Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Available with metal roller Available with rubber roller, ordering suffix - Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Roller lever 2A Pull lever 2Z , ,5 7,2 Ø 2 Ø Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Available with metal roller Available with rubber roller, ordering suffix - Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Available with metal roller Available with rubber roller, ordering suffix - Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Offset roller lever D , Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Actuating speed max. m/s with an actuating angle of α and β = 0º Plastic roller Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Available with metal roller Available with rubber roller, ordering suffix - -6 Continuous adjustment of lever position 60 Splined shaft and lever available with 0 toothing Legend α: Actuating angle from right of switch axis β: Actuating angle from left of switch axis

155 More Details Detailed technical information at:

156 Gear-switches G 50/ h8 98, 0,5 76, 5, , , M20 M Snap or slow action Metal enclosure with impactresistant plastic hood Version G , safety gear-switch for stage and studios to VBG 70 Various cam shapes for varying switch travel Available for easy adjustment of switching points by setting disk cams from front Connecting flange available 2 cable entries M20 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Only type G 50 is approved to VBG 70 as safety gear-switch for stages and studios, ordering suffix -207 Approvals Standards: DIN VDE VBG 70 Enclosure: light alloy die-casting Cover: polyester Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Rough switching point setting: standard: steps to 60 on the disk cams front setting:. steps Fine switching point setting: max. 0.5 turns Gear ratio: G 50: :50, :5, :25, :7 G 50: :50, :75, :00, :220, :00, :50 Contact blocks: max. 8: on T/M 697 max. with cams Ø 6 mm G and G 50-50: Z/T 688 (otherwise additional : ratio required) Contact type: M 697: change-over contact, T 697: NC, double break, Z/T 688: change-over contact with galvanically separated contact bridges A Switching system: slow and snap action Termination: T/M 697: screw terminals M Z/T 688: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : T/M 697: 6 A Z/T 688: 0 A I e /U e : T/M 697: A / 20 VAC Z/T 688: 2.5 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Switchover time: M 697: 0 ms Z 688: 5 ms Bounce duration: Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: T/M 697: 0 million operations Z/T 688: > million operations Switching frequency: T/M 697: 0.000/h Z/T 688:.000/h Note Range of application Gear switches are fit for multiple applications: motorisation of theatre scenes, controlling and positioning of lifts, and platforms, gate control, etc. Depending on the contact type, they are used for switching-off or positioning movement cycles. They are geared by means of an axle. Operating principle In the base models with transmission ratios of i = :50 (G 50) or :50 (G 50), the gear revolutions are directly transmitted to the disc cam by the worm and the worm wheel, i.e. for every 50 or 50 axle revolutions, the disc cams are rotated once over 60. For the switching point set-up of the contacts, the central screw must be loosened. Each disc cam can be set from to ; they all have gearing as well as a positive drive with the worm wheel. After the set-up has been carried out, the central screw must be firmly retightened. For disc cams with front setting, index 600, the dowel of the disc cam must be pushed in using the screwdriver, which is located inside switch. Ordering details G ➀-➁-➂➃➄/➂➃➄/...y-➅ No. Replace Description ➀ 50 Transmission ratio :50 50 Transmission ratio :50 ➁ 00 Gear ratio For example: :00 Refer to selection table page -50 ➂ M Snap action M Z Snap action Z A T Slow action T A ➃ to Number of NO (max. ) ➄ to Number of NC (max. ) No. Replace Description ➅ FL With flange FL 600- With front-setting pointed cam 68-2 With bowex coupling 68- With shaft with slot and key 207 For stages and studios to VBG 70 (only for G 50) Note Setting disk cams from front: Possible on all ø 2 mm cams Min. adjustment. Max. adjustment 60 Other cam combinations on request Do not adjust against the switch plunger! Max. contact blocks possible with contact block Z 688, ordering suffix Z and T 688, ordering suffix T Max. 8 contact blocks possible with contact block M 697, ordering suffix M and T 697, ordering suffix T0-8

157 Gear-switches System components System components System components ø 2 ø 85 2, Pointed cam 2 mm Ø 60 full cam 2 mm Ø Flange FL cam 2 mm Ø Pointed cam 6 mm Ø Bowex coupling cam 2 mm Ø 60 cam 6 mm Ø Shaft with slot and key -68- min.. max cam 2 mm Ø 80 cam 6 mm Ø Teardrop cam with front setting Ordering details Pointed cam Ø 2 mm ordering suffix cam Ø 2 mm ordering suffix cam Ø 2 mm ordering suffix cam Ø 2 mm ordering suffix full cam Ø 2 mm ordering suffix 905- Cam forms ø 2mm: Standard cam forms: Pointed, 0, 90, 80º and 60º cam max. 8 contact blocks possible Suitable for setting from front For further details see table on page -50. Ordering details Pointed cam Ø 6 mm ordering suffix 582-* 60 cam Ø 6 mm ordering suffix 582-* 80 cam Ø 6 mm ordering suffix 79-* * Different combinations possible on request. Cam forms: Standard cam forms: Pointed, 60 and 80º cam Max. contact blocks possible Ordering details Flange FL ordering suffix -FL Bowex coupling with shaft diameters 2 and mm ordering suffix and 2 mm ordering suffix -68- Shaft with slot and key ordering suffix -68- Teardrop cam with front setting ordering suffix -600-* (Example with pointed cams) -9

158 -50 Shaft revolution Switching element Pointed cam Type/ Transmisssion ratio G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G Shaft rotation with cam travel Cam travel per shaft rotation Hysteresis revolutions :7 :25 :5 :50 :75 :00 :50 :220 :00 : Run-on revolutions Usable revolutions M Z T T0 M Z T T0 M Z min. max cam G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G :7 :25 :5 :50 :75 :00 :50 :220 :00 : cam G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G :7 :25 :5 :50 :75 :00 :50 :220 :00 : cam G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G 50 G :7 :25 :5 :50 :75 :00 :50 :220 :00 : Cams Ø 2 Gear-switches

159 Rotating spindle limit switch MSP ,5 Metal enclosure contacts (NO) 2 cable entries Protection class IP 65 9,5 26 M Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: snap action, double break Contact type: change-over contact, galvanically separated contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 0 A (slow blow), 6 A (quick blow) Contact opening: max. 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration:.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: million operations Max. turning speed of the spindle: max. 200 rpm min. 0.5 rpm Actuating torque: 20 Ncm Load on spindle: max. 500 N Weight:.7 kg Adjustment range 55 rotations Differential travel max..25 rotations Approvals Ordering details MSP 52-/y Note This rotating spindle limit switch with snap action insert is only fit for use in normal to average operating conditions, e.g. for machine tools, cranes and conveyors. Protection class IP 65 to EN Note By reversing the contacts, the spindle revolutions can be set between and 55 revolutions. The run-out towards each side is at least 5 revolutions. -5

160 Slack-wire switches T/M , , M Metal enclosure Slow action, change-over with double break Snap action, change-over contact with double break 2 cable entries Protection class IP 65 Suitable for heavy duty Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow and snap action, double break Contact type: snap action: change-over contact, slow action: positive break NC contact A double break with 2 separate contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : snap action: kv slow action: 6 kv U i : snap action: 250 V slow action: 00 V suffix -k or -t: 500 V I the : 6 A I e /U e : snap action: A / 20 V slow action: A / 00 V Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm slow action: max. 2 x 6.0 mm Switchover time: snap action: 5 ms Bounce duration: snap action: 5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Snap action NO / NC ,8 Slow action NO / NC Approvals Ordering details ➀ -y➁--➂ No. Replace Description ➀ M. Snap action T. Slow action ➁ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts ➂ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version - 0 ºC C 276 Gold-plated contacts -52

161 Slack-wire switches ES/EM DB , Metal enclosure Slow action: two contacts Snap action: 2 contacts cable entries M20 x.5 Protection class IP 65 Plastic cover available Different actuating rollers available 0 5,5 Standards: IEC/EN EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Cover: steel, painted Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, positive break NC contacts A Switching system: slow or snap action Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : 6A I e /U e : 6 A / 00 V Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: max. 800/h Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC NC contacts Slow action with overlapping contacts NO / NC Approvals Ordering details E➀ DB ➁ No. Replace Description ➀ S Slow action M Snap action ➁ Ö/S NO/ NC S/Ö UE with overlapping contacts 2Ö 2 NC -5

162 Belt alignment switches M 0 27,5 5,5 66,5 60 5, 9,5 20 7, 95 6,5 76 0, M ø 22 Metal enclosure 2 contacts Snap action with self-cleaning contacts Mounting details to EN 500 Adjustable-length rod lever with nylon roller LED version available cable entry M20 x.5 Protection class IP 65 For light to medium duty Patented low-wear actuator head Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure and cover material: light alloy die-casting, painted Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, same potential Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Contact opening: max. 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration:.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: > 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.02 mm on plunger NO / NC Approvals Ordering details Note MV0H 0-y-8-➀ No. Replace Description ➀ Without LED G2 With LED 2 VDC L YE 2 GN LED version: Ordering suffix G2, protected against incorrect polarity and voltage spikes. Supply voltage indication: Green (GN) Switching position indication: Yellow (YE) -5

163 Belt alignment switches T/M ,5 28 M20 26 ø Metal enclosure Slow action, change-over contact with double break Snap action, change-over contact with double break 2 cable entries Lever available with various lengths of roller Protection class IP 65 Suitable for heavy duty 50 ø 29 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow and snap action, double break Contact type: snap action: change-over contact, slow action: positive break NC contact A double break with 2 separate contact bridges Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : snap action: kv slow action: 6 kv U i : snap action: 250 V slow action: 00 V suffix -k or -t: 500 V I the : 6 A I e /U e : snap action: A / 20 V slow action: A / 00 V Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm slow action: max. 2 x 6.0 mm Switchover time: snap action: 5 ms Bounce duration: snap action: 5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Repeat accuracy of switching points: Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC Approvals Ordering details ➀ -y-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ M. Snap action T. Slow action ➁ For the appropriate actuator: see page -57 ➂ ü Slow action with overlapping contacts ➃ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version - 0 ºC C 276 Gold-plated contacts -55

164 Belt alignment switches T/M , M25 70 ø Metal enclosure Slow action, change-over contact with double break Slow action available with overlapping or staggered contacts Snap action, change-over contact with double break 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Lever available with various lengths of roller Protection class IP 65 Suitable for heavy duty Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast iron, galvanised, paint finish Protection class: IP 67 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: snap action: change-over contact, with 2 galvanically separated contact bridges slow action: positive break NC contacts A Switching system: slow and snap action Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 6 A I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Contact opening: snap action: max. 2 x 2.5 mm slow action: max. 2 x 2 mm Switchover time: 5 ms Bounce duration: 5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 000/h Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC Snap action 2 NO / 2 NC Slow action 2 NO / 2 NC Approvals Ordering details ➀ 250-➁z-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ M. Snap action T. Slow action ➁ NO/ NC 22 2 NO/2 NC ➂ For the appropriate actuator: see page -57 ➃ k Tropical version with ceramic insulation t Tropical and temperatureresistant version - 0 ºC C 276 Gold-plated contacts -56

165 Belt alignment switches System components ø 25 5 ø Belt alignment lever 2 ø 2 2 Belt alignment lever 966 Belt alignment lever 22 2 Ordering details Belt alignment levers 2 ordering suffix ordering suffix ordering suffix

166 Belt alignment switches ZS 75 SR M25x,5 5 6, To IEC Metal enclosure 2 or contacts 2 cable entries M25 x.5 Reset by push button or key possible Signalling lamp available on request for various voltage Ex version available Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast aluminium, enamel finish Cover: cast aluminium, enamel finish Protection class: IP 65 push button reset IP 5 key reset to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break or 2 NO and 2 NC or NC contacts Switching system: A IEC snap action with positive break NC contacts Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 00 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : 6 A / 00 VAC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Indicator lamp: on request NO / NC NO / 2 NC A - B -2 Approvals D C Ordering details ZS 75 SR ➀ ➁ No. Replace Description ➀ Ö/S NO/ NC 2Ö/2S 2 NO/2 NC Ö NC ➁ VD Push button reset VS Key reset -58

167 Micro switches M 60 8,8 2, 7,5 ø,8 6, 2,5,,5 2,9 ø 2,6 ø 2,6 5 9,5 2,2 8,7 6,7 9,8 Thermoplastic enclosure Very long life Change-over contact, single break Snap action with self-cleaning contacts Enclosure dimensions to DIN 65-B Soldering, plug or screw terminals Telescopic head available Various actuators available ø Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: 2 Contact material: gold-plated silver Contact type: change-over contact, single break Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: soldering, plug or screw terminals Cable section: max..5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx.2 N Ejection force: min. 0. N Contact opening: 0. mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration:.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 85 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 0000/h Actuating speed: min. mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: Change-over contact with double break Actuator A D 0 0, 0, Telescopic plunger 2S 0 0,5 2, , 0, Approvals Ordering details M 60--➀-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ 20 Soldering terminal with hole 2 with collar 0 Plug terminals 60 Screw terminals ➁ 006 Reduced actuating force 0.8 N ➂ AuNi Gold-nickel contact tips for low DC votages Note When mounting the switches, care must be taken to maintain electrical clearances to adjacent devices and metal parts. The lever bearing position can be changed subsequently. The contact/switch travel diagram relates to the plunger travel. -59

168 Micro switches Actuator A Actuator C Actuator E 9,8 0, 2, F 8 5 2,5 5,9 9, R 2 F F ø5 7,9 5 2,5 9,5 5, 9,8 6, Lever bearing I II III Total travel [mm] Pre-travel [mm] Max. differential [mm] Actuating force [N] Min. return force [N] Lever bearing I II III Total travel [mm] Pre-travel [mm] Max. differential [mm] Actuating force [N] Min. return force [N] Lever bearing I II III Total travel [mm] Pre-travel [mm] Max. differential [mm] Actuating force [N] Min. return force [N] Roller 2.7 mm wide Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details M 60--➀-A-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ 20 Soldering terminal with hole 2 with collar 0 Plug terminals 60 Screw terminals ➁ Lever bearing II I Lever bearing I III Lever bearing III ➂ 006 Reduced actuating force 0.8 N ➃ AuNi Gold-nickel contact tips for low DC votages Ordering details M 60--➀-C-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ 20 Soldering terminal with hole 2 with collar 0 Plug terminals 60 Screw terminals ➁ Lever bearing II I Lever bearing I III Lever bearing III ➂ 006 Reduced actuating force 0.8 N ➃ AuNi Gold-nickel contact tips for low DC votages Ordering details M 60--➀-E-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ 20 Soldering terminal with hole 2 with collar 0 Plug terminals 60 Screw terminals ➁ Lever bearing II I Lever bearing I III Lever bearing III ➂ 006 Reduced actuating force 0.8 N ➃ AuNi Gold-nickel contact tips for low DC votages -60

169 Micro switches Actuator D Telescopic plunger 2S System components 9,8 2,5-8 M2 0 F 2 9, 2,5 2,5 F ø,7 M8x 8, 8 8,8 2, 6, 2,5,,5 2,9 Lever bearing I II III Total travel [mm] Pre-travel [mm] Max. differential [mm] Actuating force [N] Min. return force [N] Total travel [mm] 2.50 Pre-travel [mm] 0.50 Max. differential [mm] 0.20 Actuating force [N] 2.0 Min. return force [N] 0.0 5,5 6,7, 2,7 ø 2,8,5 Soldering terminal with hole ø,8 7,5 ø 2,6 ø 2,6 5 9,5 2,2 8,7 6,7 ø 9,8 Soldering terminal with collar 0, ø 2,8 ø, Plug terminal ø M 2,5 Screw terminals Approvals Approvals Ordering details M 60--➀-D-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ 20 Soldering terminal with hole 2 with collar 0 Plug terminals 60 Screw terminals ➁ Lever bearing II I Lever bearing I III Lever bearing III ➂ 006 Reduced actuating force 0.8 N ➃ AuNi Gold-nickel contact tips for low DC votages Ordering details M 60--➀-2S-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ 20 Soldering terminal with hole 2 with collar 0 Plug terminals 60 Screw terminals ➁ 006 Reduced actuating force 0.8 N ➂ AuNi Gold-nickel contact tips for low DC votages Ordering details Soldering terminal with hole ordering suffix -20 with collar ordering suffix -2 Plug terminal ordering suffix -0 Screw terminals ordering suffix -60-6

170 Micro switches M 60 5,9 2,8 0,,2 22,2 8 5, 8, Thermoplastic enclosure Very long life Change-over contact, single break Snap action with self-cleaning contacts Robust design High switching capacity Temperature resistant up to + 20 C Soldering, spade or universal terminals Various actuators available Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: 2 Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, single break Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: soldering, plug or screw terminals Cable section: max..5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 0 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx..2 N ordering suffix -9: 0. N Ejection force: min..2 N Contact opening: 0.9 mm Switchover time: 0 ms ( with actuating speed of 0 mm/min at plunger) Bounce duration: 5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 20 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 0000/h Actuating speed: min. mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.05 mm Change-over contact with double break 0 0,9, , Approvals Ordering details M 60--➀-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ 2 Soldering terminal Plug terminals 5 Universal terminal ➁ 9 Reduced actuating force 0. N ➂ c With magnetic arc extinguishing to switch DC circuits Note When mounting the switches, care must be taken to maintain electrical clearances to adjacent devices and metal parts. When using for DC circuits with arc extinguishing, this switch can be only used as NO or NC contact. Observe polarity! The lever bearing position can be changed subsequently. The contact/switch travel diagram relates to the plunger travel. -62

171 Micro switches Actuator A Actuator B Actuator D L L 0,8 F,6 h 8 L L 0,8,6 8 hf 0,8 L L 5- F 5 M 2,5 0-8 h 8 Actuator Length L Total length L [mm] [mm] A A A0 0 A0 0 A Actuator Length L Total length L [mm] [mm] B B B0 0 B0 0 B Actuator Length L Total length L [mm] [mm] D D0 0 D0 0 D Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details M 60--➀-A ➁-➂-➃-➄ No. Replace Description ➀ 2 Soldering terminal Plug terminals 5 Universal terminal ➁ xx Length L (mm) see table at the top ➂ Lever bearing I II Lever bearing II ➃ 9 Reduced actuating force 0. N ➄ c With magnetic arc extinguishing to switch DC circuits Ordering details M 60--➀-B ➁-➂-➃-➄ No. Replace Description ➀ 2 Soldering terminal Plug terminals 5 Universal terminal ➁ xx Length L (mm) see table at the top ➂ Lever bearing I II Lever bearing II ➃ 9 Reduced actuating force 0. N ➄ c With magnetic arc extinguishing to switch DC circuits Ordering details M 60--➀-D ➁-➂-➃-➄ No. Replace Description ➀ 2 Soldering terminal Plug terminals 5 Universal terminal ➁ xx Length L (mm) see table at the top ➂ Lever bearing I II Lever bearing II ➃ 9 Reduced actuating force 0. N ➄ c With magnetic arc extinguishing to switch DC circuits -6

172 Micro switches Actuator E Actuator F System components, L L F 7,5 ø8 h L L F ø5 h 0,8 0,8 5,5 9 8,6 5, 6,2 8,6,7 6, Actuator Length L Total length L [mm] [mm] E E E0 0 E0 0 E Actuator Length L Total length L [mm] [mm] F ,9, 22, 0,8 6,6 h 2 27,8 Soldering terminal 7 5,2 9 Plug terminal 9 M,5 6 6, 27 Universal terminals Approvals Approvals Ordering details M 60--➀-E ➁-➂-➃-➄ No. Replace Description ➀ 2 Soldering terminal Plug terminals 5 Universal terminal ➁ xx Length L (mm) see table at the top ➂ Lever bearing I II Lever bearing II ➃ 9 Reduced actuating force 0. N ➄ c With magnetic arc extinguishing to switch DC circuits Ordering details M 60--➀-F-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ 2 Soldering terminal Plug terminals 5 Universal terminal ➁ Lever bearing I II Lever bearing II ➂ 9 Reduced actuating force 0. N ➃ c With magnetic arc extinguishing to switch DC circuits Ordering details Soldering terminal ordering suffix -2 Plug terminal ordering suffix - Universal terminals ordering suffix -5-6

173 Micro switches Force-Travel diagrams FN [] 2,0,5,0 0,5 0 0,6 0,9 h [ mm],6 E A Force-Travel on plunger L [ mm] FN [] 50 0,28 0 0,5 0 0,7 2 0,58 7 0,82 7 2,00 0,6,9 5,5 6,9 9,2 h [ m m ],5 Force-Travel on lever bearing I L [ mm] FN [] 50 0,0 0 0,50 0 0,67 2 0,8 7,8 0 2,00 0,6 2,6,7,6 6,2 7,8 h [ mm] Force-Travel on lever bearing II L F h Lever bearing I or II Legend L: Actuating distance h: Travel at actuator/plunger F: Actuating force at actuator/plunger E: Switch-on travel A: Switch-off travel S: Switching point = h /.78 h: Differential travel = h /

174 Micro switches M 6800 / M ,6 2,8 2,6,7,7 5 2,6 2, 2 2,6 6,6 2 0,8,2 8 Thermoplastic enclosure Very long life Change-over contact, double break Snap action Soldering, spade or universal terminals Suitable for low actuating speeds Available with end-position latching and in tandem version Various actuators available 6,6 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: thermoplastic Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: 2 Contact material: silver Contact type: M 6800: change-over contact, double break, with galvanically separated contact bridges, same potential M 6900: change-over contact, double break, type Za Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: soldering, spade or universal terminals Cable section: max..5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 2.5 kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 0 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx. N Ejection force: M 6800: min. 0.8 N M 6900: min.. N Contact opening: 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration: M 6800:.5 ms M 6900:.0 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 85 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: max. 0000/h Actuating speed: M 6800: min. mm/min M 6900: min. 0 mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: M 6800: ± 0.02 mm at plunger M 6900: ± 0.05 mm at plunger Plunger 0,2 0,7 2, Actuator 80 A 0,7 7, ,55 Actuator 80 E 0,5 7, ,5 Actuator 80 M 0,8 2, Actuator 80 B 9 0,2 2, ,7 Approvals Ordering details M ➀--➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ 6800 Double leaf-spring system 6900 C spring system ➁ 2 Soldering terminal Spade terminals 6. mm 5 Universal terminal ➂ Standard P2 At rest in end positions P Tandem version Note Further actuators available on request. -66

175 8 8 Micro switches Actuator 80 A Actuator 80 E Actuator 80 M ø , ,5 5, ,5 Actuating force approx. 0.9 N Actuating force approx N Actuating force approx. 2. N Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details Ordering details Ordering details M ➀--➁-➂-80 A No. Replace Description M ➀--➁-➂-80 E No. Replace Description M ➀--➁-➂-80 M No. Replace Description ➀ 6800 Double leaf-spring system 6900 C spring system ➁ 2 Soldering terminal Spade terminals 6. mm 5 Universal terminal ➂ Standard P2 At rest in end positions P Tandem version ➀ 6800 Double leaf-spring system 6900 C spring system ➁ 2 Soldering terminal Spade terminals 6. mm 5 Universal terminal ➂ Standard P2 At rest in end positions P Tandem version ➀ 6800 Double leaf-spring system 6900 C spring system ➁ 2 Soldering terminal Spade terminals 6. mm 5 Universal terminal ➂ Standard P2 At rest in end positions P Tandem version -67

176 Micro switches Actuator 80 B 9 System components System components,7 2, 2 2,6,2 6,6 6,6 2,8,7 5 2,6, ,8 2,6 8 8,7 0,8 7,2 5 ø 7,5 Soldering terminal Latching in end position ø 0,8 0, ø9,7 6,,2,6 7,2 + 0,5,7 ø2 5,2 55 Spade terminals Tandem version Actuating force approx..8 N Captive stainless steel ball 2,8,6 6 M 6,, Universal terminals Approvals Ordering details Ordering details Ordering details M ➀--➁-➂-80 B 9 No. Replace Description ➀ 6800 Double leaf-spring system 6900 C spring system ➁ 2 Soldering terminal Spade terminals 6. mm 5 Universal terminal ➂ Standard P2 At rest in end positions P Tandem version Soldering terminal ordering suffix -2 Spade terminals ordering suffix - Universal terminals ordering suffix -5 Latching in end position Tandem version ordering suffix P2 ordering suffix P -68

177 Around the clock Always there for you, the Online Catalogue at:

178 Micro switches M 687 6,2 ø6x6 F ,9 8 Thermoplastic enclosure Flat design Very long life Change-over contact, double break Galvanically separated contact bridges Snap action with self-cleaning contacts Temperature resistant up to + 20 C Screw or spade terminals Suitable for low actuating speeds Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: body: pressure-setting plastic cover: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: 2 Contact material: silver, 0. µm gold flashed Contact type: change-over contact, double break, with g alvanically separated contact bridges, same potential Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: screw or spade terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 0 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx. N Ejection force: min. 0.8 N Contact opening: 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration:.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 20 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: 0000/h Actuating speed: min. mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.02 mm at plunger Change-over contact with double break Plunger 0,2 2, ,7 Offset roller lever 8 R , - -2 Approvals Ordering details M 687--➀-➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ Screw terminals Spade terminals ➁ Without terminal cover i With terminal cover ➂ AuNi Gold-nickel contacts -70

179 Micro switches Offset roller lever 8 R System components 6,5,2 6 F 6x6,,9 8 Terminal cover,,9 5 6, ø8 min 6 F Plastic roller Roller 6. mm wide The roller lever cannot be dismantled. On versions with slow action contacts, a minimum play of 0.5 mm is provided between the plunger and operating lever to allow for possible contact wear. Approvals Ordering details M 687--➀-➁-8 R-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ Screw terminals Spade terminals ➁ Without terminal cover i With terminal cover ➂ AuNi Gold-nickel contacts Ordering details Terminal cover ordering suffix -i Prevents contact with live parts Hand and finger guard to VDE Clips into position -7

180 Micro switches M/T 697 6,2 ø6x6 F ,9 8 Thermoplastic enclosure Flat design Very long life Snap action, change-over contact with double break Slow action, NC with double break, positive break A Temperature resistant up to + 20 C Screw or spade terminals Approvals Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: body: pressure-setting plastic cover: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: 2 Contact material: silver Contact type: M 697: change-over contact, double break, type Za T 697: positive break NC contact, double break, type Y Switching system: M 697: snap action T 697: slow action, positive break NC contact A Termination: screw or spade terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 0 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx. N Ejection force: M 697: min., N T 697: Contact opening: 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: M 697: 0 ms (with actuating speed of 0 mm/min at plunger) T 697: Bounce duration: M 697: ms T 697: Ambient temperature: 0 C + 20 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: 0000/h Actuating speed: M 697: min. 0 mm/min T 697: min. 60 mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: M 697: ± 0,05 mm at plunger T 697: ± 0,05 mm NC contact 0 0,5, -2 Change-over contact with double break Plunger , Offset roller lever 8 R 0,2 2, ,7 Ordering details ➀ 697-➁-➂-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ M Snap action T Slow action ➁ Change-over contact with double break 0 NC contact (only for T) ➂ Screw terminals Spade terminals ➃ Without terminal cover i With terminal cover -72

181 Micro switches Offset roller lever 8 R System components 6,5,2 6 F 6x6,,9 8 Terminal cover,,9 5 6, ø8 min 6 F Plastic roller Roller 6. mm wide The roller lever cannot be dismantled. On versions with slow action contacts, a minimum play of 0.5 mm is provided between the plunger and operating lever to allow for possible contact wear. Approvals Ordering details ➀ 697-➁-➂-8 R-➃ No. Replace Description ➀ M Snap action T Slow action ➁ Change-over contact with double break 0 NC contact (only for T) ➂ Screw terminals Spade terminals ➃ Without terminal cover i With terminal cover Ordering details Terminal cover ordering suffix -i Prevents contact with live parts Hand and finger guard to VDE Clips into position -7

182 Micro switches Z/T , x0 5, Thermoplastic enclosure Long life 2 contacts Snap action, change-over contact with double break, positive break A Slow action, change over with double break, positive break A Galvanically separated contact bridges Large contact break Highly resistant to vibration Constant contact pressure up to switching point Short contact-bounce duration Screw terminals Approvals Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals: IP 00, finger guard to VDE , ordering suffix i: IP 20 to EN Degree of pollution: Contact material: silver, contact bridges gold-plated Contact type: change-over contact, double break, galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: slow or snap action, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2 x.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : 2,5 A/20 VAC 6 A/2 VDC at min. 600 mm/min Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: Z 688--: 20 N, Z R: 2 N T 688--: 7 N, T R: N Contact opening: Z 688: 2 x.25 mm immediately beyond switching point, 2 x.0 mm at full travel T 688:2 x. mm at full travel Switchover time: Z 688: 5 ms T 688: Bounce duration: Z 688: ms T 688: Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Mechanical life: Z 688: million operations T 688: 0 million operations Switching frequency: Z 688: 0000/h T 688: 000/h Actuating speed: Z 688: min. mm/min T 688: min. 60 mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.02 mm at plunger Switching of low voltages: 5 ma/2 VDC Plunger Snap action 0,2,7 Slow action 0 2,2,2 -,2,7 Offset roller lever 80 R Snap action 0,9 6-2,7 0,9 0,6, Slow action 0,6 6 -,9 2, Ordering details ➀ ➁-➂ No. Replace Description ➀ Z Snap action T Slow action ➁ Without plunger extended mm P7 With plunger extended mm ➂ Without terminal cover i With terminal cover -7

183 Micro switches Offset roller lever 80 R System components 6,5 Terminal cover F 52 60, ,6 ø, 2 5 ø8 6 min F 6,7 Plastic roller Roller 6. mm wide Approvals Ordering details ➀ R-➁ No. Replace Description ➀ Z Snap action T Slow action ➁ Without terminal cover i With terminal cover Ordering details Terminal cover ordering suffix -i Prevents contact with live parts Hand and finger guard to VDE Clips into position -75

184 Micro switches Z/T 22,5, ø6 20,5 6 ø Thermoplastic enclosure 2 contacts Snap action, change-over contact with double break, positive break A Slow action, change over with double break, positive break A Galvanically separated contact bridges Screw terminal Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Actuator: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic plunger: stainless steel Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break, galvanically separated contact bridges Switching system: slow or snap action, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : 6 kv U i : 500 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 20 V 2.5 A / 00 V A / 500 V Max. fuse rating: 6 A gg D-fuse Actuating force: 9N Ejection force: Contact opening: Z 22 = 2 x 2 mm T 22 = 2 x.5 mm Switchover time: Z 22: 5 ms T 22: - Bounce duration: Z 22: ms T 22: - Ambient temperature: 0 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: 20 million operations Switching frequency: max. 5000/h Actuating speed: Z 22: 0 mm/min T 22: min. 60 mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: Snap action NO / NC 0 2,5 6,8 Slow action NO / NC 0,5 6-2 NC 0,8,8 6-2,8 2,5 2 NO 0, ,5,8,8 - - NC 0 2,5 6-2,8 NO 0,5 6 - Approvals Ordering details ➀S 22-➁ No. Replace Description ➀ Z Snap action (only for -) T Slow action ➁ NO / NC 0 NC 02 2NC 0 NO 20 2 NO -76

185 Micro switches M y ø6 Rubber enclosure (perbunan) Change-over contact, single break Snap action with self-cleaning contacts 0 C + 80 C temperature resistant Protection class IP 65 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: rubber Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: Contact material: silver, 0. µm gold flashed Contact type: change-over contact, single break Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: soldering terminals and 2.8 mm spade terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx. 2.5 N Ejection force: min.. N Contact opening: 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: Bounce duration: Ambient temperature: 0 C + 20 ºC Mechanical life: million operations Switching frequency: 0000/h Actuating speed: min. mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: Change-over contact with single break 0,2, , Approvals Ordering details M y Note Version with metal casing, cable and various actuators, see page

186 Micro switches M ,,,5 2 M689, x6 2 22,6 28,6 R 7,5 8 Thermoplastic enclosure Change-over contact, double break Snap action with self-cleaning contacts Galvanically separated contact bridges Screw terminal Suitable for low actuating speeds Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: plastic, anti-tracking Actuator: thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0, terminals IP 00 to EN Degree of pollution: 2 Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, same potential Switching system: snap action, self-cleaning contacts Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 250 V I the : 6A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : 2.5 A / 20 VAC Max. fuse rating: 0 A gl/gg D-fuse Actuating force: approx. N Ejection force: min. 0.8 N Contact opening: 2 x 0.5 mm Switchover time: 0 ms (with actuating speed 0 mm/min on plunger) Bounce duration:.5 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 20 ºC Mechanical life: 0 million operations Switching frequency: 0000/h Actuating speed: min. mm/min Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.02 mm at plunger Plunger and actuator 8 B 9 0,2 2, ,7 Actuator 8 A 0,7 2,55 Actuator 8 E and 8 F 0,5 7, ,5 Actuator 8 M 0,8 2,8 Actuator 8 V 0,5 0,6 7, , Approvals Ordering details M ➀ No. Replace Description ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover -78

187 8 Micro switches Plunger P Plunger P5 Actuator 8 A,5 M 5,7-8,7 2,7, ,5 8 2,7 8,8 9 6, ,5 6 Plunger with setting screw Actuating force approx. N Actuator flush with housing Actuating force approx. N Actuating force approx. 0.9 N Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details M P-➀ No. Replace Description Ordering details M P5-➀ No. Replace Description Ordering details M A-➀ No. Replace Description ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover -79

188 8 8 Micro switches Actuator 8 E Actuator 8 F Actuator 8 M 7 ø8 M 2,5x5 7 ø8 9, 9,5 8,5 5,5 8,5 5,5 6 5, ,8 22,-, 7 Actuating force approx N Actuating force approx N Adjustable actuator Actuating force approx. 2. N Approvals Approvals Approvals Ordering details M E-➀ No. Replace Description Ordering details M F-➀ No. Replace Description Ordering details M M-➀ No. Replace Description ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover -80

189 Micro switches Actuator 8 V Actuator 8 B 9 ø8 ø,5 6,8 2,5 8,5 6,8 5,5 ø9 Actuating force approx. N Actuating force approx. N Actuator head with captive metal ball actuator Ball Ø 9 mm Approvals Approvals Ordering details M V-➀ No. Replace Description Ordering details M B 9-➀ No. Replace Description ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover ➀ i Without terminal cover With terminal cover -8

190 Micro switches C 50 ø,2,5 5 0, ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Change-over contact, double break A Galvanically separated contact bridges Temperature range 20 C + 80 C Protection class IP 0 Available for top mounting with 2 x M tapped holes Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: thermoplastic Actuator: plunger: brass Protection class: IP 0 to EN Degree of pollution: Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb Switching system: slow action, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminal Cable section: max..5 mm 2 U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Max. fuse rating: A gl/gg D-fuse Contact opening: 2 x mm at full travel Switchover time: in accordance with actuating speed Bounce duration: in accordance with actuating speed Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: max. 800/h Actuating speed: Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.05 mm at plunger Change-over contact with double break 0 2, Approvals CD Ordering details C 50 ➀ Ö/S No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page -8 and following -82

191 Micro switches Plunger Plunger ST Plunger K 7,5 ø5 ø 5 7,5 ø 2 7,5, v [m/s] 0,5 2 5 α= β= Legend v: actuating speed α: angle for actuation from right β: angle for actuation from left Plunger with knurled-head setting screw Actuating speed 5 m/s at 0 to plunger axis Projection of plunger adjustable for fine setting of switching point Adjustable plunger with plastic cap Large actuating surface Safe switching even with imprecise actuation v [m/s] 0,5 2 5 α= β= Legend v: actuating speed α: angle for actuation from right β: angle for actuation from left Approvals CD Ordering details C 50 Ö/S Approvals CD Ordering details C 50 ST Ö/S Approvals CD Ordering details C 50 K Ö/S -8

192 Micro switches Roller plunger R 7,5 ø 2 2,5 2,5 Available with roller plunger turned 90 v [m/s] 0,5 2 5 α= β= Legend v: actuating speed α: angle for actuation from right β: angle for actuation from left Approvals CD Ordering details C 50 R Ö/S -8

193 Up to Date The latest product information and news at:

194 Micro switches C 500 ø,2, Thermoplastic enclosure Change-over contact, double break A Galvanically separated contact bridges Temperature range 20 C + 80 C Protection class IP 0 Available for top mounting with 2 x M tapped holes Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: thermoplastic Actuator: plunger: brass Protection class: IP 0 to EN Degree of pollution: Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break, type Zb Switching system: slow action, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminal Cable section: max..5 mm 2 U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Max. fuse rating: A gl/gg D-fuse Contact opening: 2 x mm at full travel Switchover time: in accordance with actuating speed Bounce duration: in accordance with actuating speed Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: max. 800/h Actuating speed: Repeat accuracy of switching points: ± 0.05 mm at plunger Change-over contact with double break 0 2, Approvals CD Ordering details C 500 ➀ Ö/S No. Replace Description ➀ For the appropriate actuator: see page

195 Micro switches Plunger Plunger ST Roller plunger R ø5 ø5 ø 2 2,5, ,5 v [m/s] 0,5 2 5 α= β= Legend v: actuating speed α: angle for actuation from right β: angle for actuation from left Plunger with knurled-head setting screw Actuating speed 5 m/s at 0 to plunger axis Projection of plunger adjustable for fine setting of switching point Available with roller plunger turned 90 v [m/s] 0,5 2 5 α= β= Legend v: actuating speed α: angle for actuation from right β: angle for actuation from left Approvals CD Ordering details C 500 Ö/S Approvals CD Ordering details C 500 ST Ö/S Approvals CD Ordering details C 500 R Ö/S -87

196 Mechanical position detection: other products and program extensions SES press-on position switches with safety function The mounting size complies with EN These position switches have a plastic housing and are equipped with a push-on spade in accordance with EN 622 (AMP). Several switching travel and actuating elements as well as snap action or slow action contacts available. More information can be found in the S-IP List from Elan Position switches for series wiring to DIN 697 The position switches for series wiring can be supplied with 2 to 6 roller or ball plungers with an intermediate distance of 2 or 6 mm. Depending on the application, the user can choose between snap action and slow action contacts. An extensive range of accessories such as mounting rails and cams with T blocking in accordance with DIN 6968 is available. More information can be found in the R, N-NT and NT-R Lists from Elan EEx 5 series: Safety switches with ATEX certification The robust die-cast zinc enclosure of the switch resists to mechanical loads and is, amongst others, suitable for safety applications in the lift industry, conveying technology and general machine and installation assembly. More information can be found in the catalogue EEx switching components from steute -88

197 Automation technology Sensors The field of application of non-contacting sensors of the Schmersal Group ranges from precision mechanics to heavy-duty machinery. Magnetic reed switches and inductive, optical and capacitive proximity switches all are non-contacting switches. Selection table 2-2 Inductive proximity switches 2- Capacitive proximity switches 2-60 Optical proximity switches 2-6 Accessories for proximity switches 2-66 Selection table 2-70 Magnetic reed switches 2-72 Operating principle of sensors see appendix 2-

198 Selection tables: Inductive proximity switches Models and voltage variants Cylindrical Dimensions Reference 2-wire AC 2-wire DC -wire DC -wire DC AC/DC models [ mm] Ø IFL(-N-) Ø 6.5 IFL(-N-)...-6,5-... Page 2-9 Page 2-20 Ø 20 IFL Ø 0 IFL Page 2- Page 2- Page 2-50 Page 2-5 Threaded Dimensions Reference 2-wire AC 2-wire DC -wire DC -wire DC AC/DC models [ mm] M 8 IFL(-N-) Page 2-22 M 2 IFL(-N-)...-2(0)-... Page 2- Page 2-25 M 8 IFL(-N-)...-8(0)-... Page 2-7 Page 2-6 Page 2-6 Page 2-52 Page 2-59 M 0 IFL...-0(0)-... Page 2-0 Page 2-6 Page 2- Page 2-5 Rectangular Dimensions Reference 2-wire AC 2-wire DC -wire DC -wire DC AC/DC models [ mm] 0 x 25 x 2 IFL Page 2-2 Page 2-7 Page x 26 x 26 IFL Page x25x IFL Page x 6.5 x 6.5 IFL...-E-... Page 2- Page x 0 x 0 IFL Page 2- Page 2-7 Page 2-56 Page x 55 x 0 IFL Page 2- Page 2-8 Page x 80 x 0 IFL Page 2-5 Page 2-57 Sensors with increased temperature resistance Models Dimensions Reference 2-wire AC 2-wire DC -wire DC -wire DC AC/DC [ mm] M 8 M 0 IFL -8L- -20 IFL 5-0L- -20 Page 2- Page 2-6 M 0 IFL -0L Page 2-5 M 0 IFL -0- T-0 Page 2-5 x 80 x 0 IFL Page

199 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL Ø 20 mm LED 2000 Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 20 mm Cable AC 2-wire Clamp H 20 is included in delivery, see accessories 79 Ø 20 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 20: thermoplastic Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m IFL NO IFL NC L N L N IFL Ø 0 mm 2000 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 0 mm Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire Clamp H 0 is included in delivery, see accessories 6 Ø 0 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 0: thermoplastic Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief IFL T NO IFL T NC L N L N 2-

200 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL Ø 0 mm LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 0 mm Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Clamp H 0 is included in delivery, see accessories Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO Ø 0 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 0: thermoplastic Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 IFL /0 / L 2/ N NC NO IFL M Ø 0,7 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable AC 2-wire LED * Ø 0,6 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL NC IFL NO IFL -2-0 NC IFL -2-0 NO L N L N L N L N 2-

201 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M Ø 9,5 2 5 Ø 0,7 LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire * Ø 0,6 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2-0T NC IFL -2-0T NC L N L N IFL M Ø 0,7 LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable AC 2-wire High switching distance Quasi-embeddable (steel: x 2. mm other metal: x.2 mm) M 2x x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, quasi-embeddable (steel: x 2. mm other metal: x.2 mm) Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL B-2-0 NC IFL B-2-0 NO L N L N 2-5

202 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M Ø 0,7 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 2 x Cable AC 2-wire M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 90 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL NC IFL NO L N L N IFL M Ø 9,5 2 5 Ø 0,7 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 2 x Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 90 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -20-0T NC L N 2-6

203 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable AC 2-wire Ø 6, Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL NC IFL NO IFL NC IFL NO L N L N L N L N IFL M 8 M 8x LED Ø 6,6 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector AC 2-wire Ø 6,6 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: plug-in connector M8 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8-0ST 2 NC IFL 5-8-0ST NO IFL 8-8-0ST 2 NC IFL 8-8-0ST NO L N L N L N L N 2-7

204 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M 8 20 M 6x,5 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Wiring compartment AC 2-wire 06,5 26 Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws 78,6 5,2 2 Schließer NO Ø 6,5 M 8x Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8-0/0 / 2/ NC NO IFL 8-8-0/0 / 2/ NC NO L N L N IFL M 8 LED M 8x 79 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Cable AC 2-wire Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL NC IFL NO L N L N 2-8

205 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M 8 M 8x LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector AC 2-wire M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: plug-in connector M8 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL ST 2 NC IFL ST NO L N L N IFL M 8 20 M 6x,5 LED 26 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws 06,5 77,6 50,2 Schließer NO 2 M 8x Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL /0 / L 2/ N NC NO 2-9

206 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M Ø,5 Ø LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire Ø 28 M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0-0T NC IFL 0-0-0T NO IFL 5-0-0T NC IFL 5-0-0T NO L N L N L N L N IFL M M 6x,5 2-0 LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment AC 2-wire 8 Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO Ø 28 M 0x,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0-0/0 / 2/ NC NO IFL 5-0-0/0 / 2/ NC NO L N L N

207 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M Ø,5 Ø LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire Max. + 0 C (20 F) LED may become defective when operated above 90 C. Operation of the switch, however, is not affected. 6 Ø 28 M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 70 C: max. 200 ma > 70 C: max. 50 ma I r : 5 ma (220 V) U d : approx. 8 V Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 0 C + 0 ºC (dry heat) Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: silicone cable 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0-0T-0 L N NC IFL 0-0-0T-0 L N NO IFL 5-0-0T-0 L N NC IFL 5-0-0T-0 L N NO IFL M Ø 9,5 Ø 8,6 2 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire Ø 28 M 0x,5 6 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL T NC IFL T NO L N L N 2-

208 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL M M 6x,5 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO M 0x,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL /0 / L 2/ N NC NO IFL 0 x 25 x 2 mm M x Ø9,2 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 250 (0 x 25 x 2 mm) Cable AC 2-wire 6* 2 LED 6 0 8, Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP), with 2 screws M x 6 for rear mounting Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m IFL ) NC IFL ) NO IFL NC IFL NO L N L N L N L N ) Switches can be mounted adjacent to each other without interference. 2-2

209 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL 88 x 25 x mm 6,5 7 7,5 2000,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 0 (88 x 25 x mm) Cable AC 2-wire 2, ,5,5 25 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, on metal mountable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 200 ma I m : 8 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m IFL -0-0 NC IFL -0-0 NO L N L N IFL 6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 mm 6,5 Ø, Ø ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design E (6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 mm) Cable AC 2-wire Mounting bracket HWE- to simplify mounting available 26 LED Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 6.5 mm, embeddable IFL : 2.5 mm, non-embeddable (6.5 x 6.5 mm opening) Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP) Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m IFL 5-E-0 NC IFL 5-E-0 NO IFL 20-E-0 NC IFL 20-E-0 NO L N L N L N L N 2-

210 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL 2 x 0 x 0 mm , 7, LED Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design (2 x 0 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment AC 2-wire 0,5 M 20x,5 By repositioning the switch five different actuating directions can be selected. The selected actuating direction can be marked with a sticker. Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP) cover: Luran Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entry M20 x.5 IFL 5--0/0 NC IFL 20--0/0 NC NO NO / 2/ / 2/ Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws L N L N Schließer NO Öffner NC IFL 20 x 55 x 0 mm , 27,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 8 (20 x 55 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment AC 2-wire 0 5 0,5 LED 6 M20x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entries x M20 x.5 (break-out) IFL 0-8-0/0 NC NO / 2/ Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws L N Schließer NO Öffner NC 2-

211 Inductive proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFL 5 x 80 x 0 mm , 0 20 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 85 (5 x 80 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Mounting bracket HW 85- to simplify mounting available 0,5 0 5,5 6 LED M20x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 50 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : ma U d : approx..5 V (250 V/200 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection, on request: Short-circuit and overload-proof (ordering suffix -522) Ie = max. 50 ma, Ud = approx. 7.5 V (50 ma) U imp : kv Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entries x M20 x.5 (break-out) IFL /0 NC NO / 2/ Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws L N Schließer NO Öffner NC 2-5

212 Inductive proximity switches / DC 2-wire IFL M 8 LED 2000 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC 2-wire ,6 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: D: 2-wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I m : 5 ma I r : approx. 0.5 ma U d : 6 V (200 ma) 5.5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8L-0D NO IFL M M 6x,5 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment DC 2-wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO M 0x,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: D: 2-wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I m : 5 ma I r : approx. 0.5 ma U d : 6 V (200 ma) 5.5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL /0D / 2/ NC NO 2-6

213 Inductive proximity switches / DC 2-wire IFL 0 x 25 x 2 mm M x Ø9,2 6* 2 LED 6 0 8, Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 250 (0 x 25 x 2 mm) Cable DC 2-wire Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: D: 2-wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I m : 5 ma I r : approx. 0.5 ma U d : 6 V (200 ma) 5.5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP), with 2 screws M x 6 for rear mounting Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m IFL D NO IFL 2 x 0 x 0 mm , 7, LED 0,5 M 20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design (2 x 0 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment DC 2-wire Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: D: 2-wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I m : 5 ma I r : approx. ma U d : approx. 8.5 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP) cover: Luran Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entry M20 x.5 IFL 20--0D NO By repositioning the switch five different actuating directions can be selected. The selected actuating direction can be marked with a sticker. 2-7

214 Inductive proximity switches / DC 2-wire IFL 5 x 80 x 0 mm , ,5 0 5,5 6 LED M20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 85 (5 x 80 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment DC 2-wire Mounting bracket HW 85- to simplify mounting available Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 50 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: D: 2-wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I m : 5 ma I r : approx. 0.5 ma U d : 6 V (200 ma) 5.5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entries x M20 x.5 (break-out) IFL /0D / 2/ NC NO Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO Öffner NC 2-8

215 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL Ø mm Ø,5 LED Ø Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0.8 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : < 0 ma U d : approx. 2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: 5000 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: stainless steel Connection: cable PUR x 0. mm 2, length 2 m IFL-N-0,8--0P BK NO Metal enclosure Design Ø mm Cable DC -wire IFL Ø mm LED ,5 Ø Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0.8 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : < 2.5 ma U d : 2 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection (pulsed) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Material: housing: stainless steel and clamp H : thermoplastic Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m IFL 0,8--0P BK NO Metal enclosure Design Ø mm Cable DC -wire Clamp H is included in delivery, see accessories 2-9

216 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL Ø mm M 8x LED Ø Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0.8 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : < 2.5 ma U d : 2 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection (pulsed) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Material: housing: stainless steel and clamp H : thermoplastic Connection: plug-in connector M8 x, Ø = 6.5 mm IFL 0,8--0ST2P NO Metal enclosure Design Ø mm Plug-in connector DC -wire Clamp H is included in delivery, see accessories IFL Ø 6.5 mm LED Metal enclosure Design Ø 6.5 mm Cable DC -wire Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n :.5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: stainless steel Connection: cable PUR x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL-N-2-6,5M-0N BK NC IFL-N-2-6,5M-0P BK NO 2-20

217 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL Ø 6.5 mm LED Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx.. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing: nickel plated brass clamp H 6.5: thermoplastic Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m IFL 2-6,5M-0N BK NC IFL 2-6,5M-0N BK NO IFL 2-6,5M-0P BK NC IFL 2-6,5M-0P BK Metal enclosure Design Ø 6.5 mm Cable DC -wire Clamp H 6.5 is included in delivery, see accessories NO IFL Ø 6.5 mm M 8x LED Metal enclosure Design Ø 6.5 mm Plug-in connector DC -wire 52 Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n :.5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: stainless steel Connection: plug-in connector M8 x, Ø = 6.5 mm IFL-N-2-6,5M-0ST2N NO IFL-N-2-6,5M-0ST2P NO 2-2

218 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL Ø 6.5 mm M 8x LED 5 5 Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx.. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing: nickel plated brass clamp H 6.5: thermoplastic Connection: plug-in connector M8 x, Ø = 6.5 mm IFL 2-6,5M-0ST2N NC IFL 2-6,5M-0ST2P NC IFL 2-6,5M-0ST2N NO IFL 2-6,5M-0ST2P Metal enclosure Design Ø 6.5 mm Plug-in connector DC -wire Clamp H 6.5 is included in delivery, see accessories NO IFL M LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire 5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 600 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: stainless steel Connection: cable PUR x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL-N-2-8M-0N BK NC IFL-N-2-8M-0P BK NC IFL-N-2-8M-0N BK NO IFL-N-2-8M-0P BK NO 2-22

219 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire M 8x * Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx.. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F max. 600 Ncm * May not be charged in this area! Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m IFL 2-8M-0N BK NC IFL 2-8M-0P BK NC IFL 2-8M-0N BK NO IFL 2-8M-0P BK NO IFL M 8 Sg LED (x) Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 600 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: stainless steel Connection: plug-in connector M8 x, Ø = 6.5 mm IFL-N-2-8M-0ST2P NC IFL-N-2-8M-0ST2P NO 2-2

220 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 M8x LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 5 0 M 8x * Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx.. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN (only with screw-on plug) Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F max. 600 Ncm * May not be charged in this area! Connection: plug-in connector M8 x, Ø = 6.5 mm IFL 2-8M-0ST2N NC IFL 2-8M-0ST2P NC IFL 2-8M-0ST2N NO IFL 2-8M-0ST2P NO IFL M 8 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire High switching distance Quasi-embeddable (x = 0.6 mm) M 8x * x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, quasi-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..7 ma (0 V) approx. ma (2 V) approx. 5 ma (0 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 0 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F max. 600 Ncm * May not be charged in this area! Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m IFL B-8M-0P BK NO 2-2

221 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 M 2x Ø 0,5 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire LED 70 0 M 8x * Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx.. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F max. 600 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x IFL 2-8-0STN NC IFL 2-8-0STP NC IFL 2-8-0STN NO IFL 2-8-0STP NO IFL M 2 LED 2000 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire 6*,5/2,6 7 Ø 0,6 5 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz (embeddable); P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2M-0N IFL -2M-0N BK NC IFL 2-2M-0P IFL -2M-0P NC IFL 2-2M-0N IFL -2M-0N NO IFL 2-2M-0P IFL -2M-0P NO BK BK BK 2-25

222 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 LED 7 5,6 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 6* 5 Ø 0,6 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz (embeddable); P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2M-0STN IFL -2M-0STN NC IFL 2-2M-0STP IFL -2M-0STP NC IFL 2-2M-0STN IFL -2M-0STN NO IFL 2-2M-0STP IFL -2M-0STP NO IFL M 2 LED 2000 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire 2,6 7 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 90 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -20M-0N BK NC IFL -20M-0P BK NC IFL -20M-0N BK NO IFL -20M-0P BK NO 2-26

223 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 LED 5,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 7 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 90 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -20M-0STN NC IFL -20M-0STP NC IFL -20M-0STN NO IFL -20M-0STP NO IFL M LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire 50 6* 7 Ø 0,6 M 2x 5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz (embeddable); P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2-0N IFL -2-0N BK NC IFL 2-2-0P IFL -2-0P NC IFL 2-2-0N IFL -2-0N NO IFL 2-2-0P IFL -2-0P NO BK BK BK 2-27

224 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire 7 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 800 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Connection: cable PUR x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL-N-2-2-0N IFL-N--2-0N NC IFL-N-2-2-0P IFL-N--2-0P NC IFL-N-2-2-0N IFL-N--2-0N NO IFL-N-2-2-0P IFL-N--2-0P NO BK BK BK BK IFL M 2 M 2x LED 9 Ø 0,2 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire Ø 0,6 M 2x 5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2-0STN NC IFL 2-2-0STP NC IFL 2-2-0STN NO IFL 2-2-0STP NO 2-28

225 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 M 2x LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire Ø 0,6 M 2x 5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -2-0STN NC IFL -2-0STP NC IFL -2-0STN NO IFL -2-0STP NO IFL M 2 LED (x) Sg Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire M 2x 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 800 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x IFL-N-2-2-0STN IFL-N--2-0STN NC IFL-N-2-2-0STP IFL-N--2-0STP NC IFL-N-2-2-0STN IFL-N--2-0STN NO IFL-N-2-2-0STP IFL-N--2-0STP NO 2-29

226 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 M 2x LED 9 Ø 0,2 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire Stainless steel Ø 0,6 M 2x 5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. khz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: stainless steel Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2-0STP-20 NO IFL M 2 M 2x LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire Stainless steel Ø 0,6 M 2x 5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: stainless steel Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -2-0STP-20 NO 2-0

227 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 LED , Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire High switching distance Quasi-embeddable (steel: x 2. mm other metal: x.2 mm) 7 0,5* M2x x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, quasi-embeddable (steel: x 2. mm other metal: x.2 mm) Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. 0.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx.. V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection (pulsed) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 600 Hz (NO contact) approx. 550 Hz (NC contact) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL B-2-0PK BK NC IFL B-2-0PK BK NO IFL M 2 LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire High switching distance 7 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Connection: cable PUR x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL-N-B-2-0PK BK NO 2-

228 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 M 2x LED 9 Ø 0,2 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire High switching distance Quasi-embeddable (steel: x 2. mm other metal: x.2 mm) ,5* M 2x x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, quasi-embeddable (steel: x 2. mm other metal: x.2 mm) Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. 0.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx.. V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection (pulsed) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 600 Hz (NO contact) approx. 550 Hz (NC contact) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL B-2-0STPK NC IFL B-2-0STPK NO IFL M 2 LED (x) 59 8 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire High switching distance 7 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x IFL-N-B-2-0STPK NO 2-2

229 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 Ø 0,7 LED 5, 5,2 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 7 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. 700 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 90 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -20-0STN NC IFL -20-0STP NO IFL M 2 LED 2000 Ø 0,7 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2L-0N BK NC IFL 2-2L-0P BK NC IFL 2-2L-0N BK NO IFL 2-2L-0P BK NO 2-

230 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 LED 2000 Ø 0,7 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire 7 5 6* 7 Ø 0,6 M 2x 5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -2L-0N BK NC IFL -2L-0P BK NC IFL -2L-0N BK NO IFL -2L-0P BK NO IFL M 2 Ø 9, LED 2 5 Ø 0,7 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Cable with strain relief DC -wire 7 6* 5 7 Ø 0,6 5 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -2L-0TN BK NC IFL -2L-0TP BK NC IFL -2L-0TN BK NO IFL -2L-0TP BK NO 2-

231 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 M 2x LED Ø 0,7 Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 2-2L-0STN NC IFL 2-2L-0STP NC IFL 2-2L-0STN NO IFL 2-2L-0STP NO IFL M 2 LED Metal enclosure Design M 2 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 7 7 6* Ø 0,6 5 M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. 500 Hz, N: approx. 0 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 500 Ncm * in the shell core area: max. 500 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -2L-0STN NC IFL -2L-0STP NC IFL -2L-0STN NO IFL -2L-0STP NO 2-5

232 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 2 LED 2000 Ø 0,7 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 2 x Cable DC -wire M 2x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. 700 Hz, N: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 7 max. 90 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL -20L-0N BK NC IFL -20L-0P BK NC IFL -20L-0N BK NO IFL -20L-0P BK NO IFL M 8 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 700 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8M-0N IFL 8-8M-0N BK NO IFL 5-8M-0P IFL 8-8M-0P NC IFL 5-8M-0N IFL 8-8M-0N NO IFL 5-8M-0P IFL 8-8M-0P NC BK BK BK 2-6

233 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 M 2x LED 9 2 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 700 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8M-0STN IFL 8-8M-0STN NC IFL 5-8M-0STP IFL 8-8M-0STP NC IFL 5-8M-0STN IFL 8-8M-0STN NO IFL 5-8M-0STP IFL 8-8M-0STP NO IFL M LED 2 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire 25,6 6 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 8-80M-0N BK NO IFL 8-80M-0P BK NO 2-7

234 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 M 8x LED 50,6 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 2 M 8x 2,6 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M8 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 8-80M-0STP NO IFL M 8 LED 2000 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8-0N IFL 8-8-0N BK NC IFL 5-8-0P IFL 8-8-0P NC IFL 5-8-0N IFL 8-8-0N NO IFL 5-8-0P IFL 8-8-0P NO BK BK BK 2-8

235 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire 5 0,5 5 2 Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 800 Hz (embeddable) approx. 500 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Connection: cable PUR x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL-N-5-8-0N IFL-N-8-8-0N NC IFL-N-5-8-0P IFL-N-8-8-0P NC IFL-N-5-8-0N IFL-N-8-8-0N NO IFL-N-5-8-0P IFL-N-8-8-0P NO BK BK BK BK IFL M 8 M 2x LED 9 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 7, 52, 2 0 Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8-0STN IFL 8-8-0STN NC IFL 5-8-0STP IFL 8-8-0STP NC IFL 5-8-0STN IFL 8-8-0STN NO IFL 5-8-0STP IFL 8-8-0STP NO 2-9

236 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 M 2x LED (x) Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 55 58, ,5 Ø 6,5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : 5... VDC I e : 200 ma (up to 50 C) 50 ma (up to 85 C) I 0 : 7 ma (2 VDC) 0 ma ( VDC) U d : approx. 2.5 V Protection circuit: suppressed switch-on fault impulse, wire-breakage monitoring, wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 85 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 800 Hz (embeddable) approx. 500 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x IFL-N-5-8-0STP IFL-N-8-8-0STP NC IFL-N-5-8-0STP IFL-N-8-8-0STP NO IFL M 8 M 2x LED 9 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire Stainless steel 7, 52, 2 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 600 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: stainless steel Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8-0STP-20 NO 2-0

237 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 LED 2000 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire ,6 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8L-0N BK NC IFL 5-8L-0P BK NC IFL 5-8L-0N BK NO IFL 5-8L-0P BK NO IFL M ,6 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable with strain relief DC -wire Max. + 0 C Without LED Clamp H 8 is included in delivery, see accessories M 8x Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..8 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 0 ºC (dry heat) Index -20-: with silicon cable for humid environments Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing: nickel plated brass clamp H 8: thermoplastic Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: silicone cable 55 x 0. mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Normally supplied with clamp (version with nuts: ordering suffix -20-2). IFL 5-8L-0TP-20 BK NO IFL 8-8L-0TP-20 BK NO 2-

238 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 M 2x 9 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire ,6 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8L-0STN NC IFL 5-8L-0STP NC IFL 5-8L-0STN NO IFL 5-8L-0STP NO IFL M 8 20 M 6x,5 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Wiring compartment DC -wire 06,5 26 Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws 78,6 5,2 2 Schließer NO Ø 6,5 M 8x Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN , VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: P: -wire DC, N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz (embeddable) approx. 50 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8L-0/0N 2/ NO NC IFL 5-8L-0/0P 2/ NO NC IFL 8-8L-0/0N 2/ NO NC IFL 8-8L-0/0P 2/ NO NC 2-2

239 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire 5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 8-80L-0N BK NO IFL 8-80L-0P BK NO IFL M 8 M 8x LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M8 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 8-80L-0STP NO 2-

240 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 20 M 6x,5 LED 06 25,6 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Wiring compartment DC -wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws 77 9,5 2 Schließer NO M 8x Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-80L-0/0N 2/ NO NC IFL 0-80L-0/0P 2/ NO NC IFL M 0 Ø LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable DC -wire Ø 28 6 M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0M-0N BK NO IFL 0-0M-0P BK NO IFL 5-0M-0P BK NO 2-

241 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 0 M 2x LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Plug-in connector DC -wire Ø 28 6 M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0M-0STP NO IFL 5-0M-0STP NO IFL M Ø 28 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable DC -wire M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-00M-0N BK NO IFL 5-00M-0P BK NO 2-5

242 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M Ø,5 LED Ø Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire Ø 28 M 0x,5 6 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0L-0TN BK NO IFL 0-0L-0TP BK NO IFL 5-0L-0TN BK NO IFL 5-0L-0TP BK NO IFL M Ø 9,5 Ø 8, Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire Max. + 0 C Without LED Clamp H 0 is included in delivery, see accessories Ø 28 M 0x,5 6 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx..8 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 0 ºC (dry heat) Index -20-: with silicon cable for humid environments Switching frequency f: approx. 60 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing: nickel plated brass clamp H 0: thermoplastic Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: silicone cable 55 x 0. mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Normally supplied with clamp (version with nuts: ordering suffix -20-2). IFL 5-0L-0TP-20 BK NO 2-6

243 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M M 6x,5 LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment DC -wire 8 Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO Ø 28 M 0x,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: P: -wire DC, N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 65 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0L-0/0N 2/ NO NC IFL 0-0L-0/0P 2/ NO NC IFL 5-0L-0/0N 2/ NO NC IFL 5-0L-0/0P 2/ NO NC IFL M Ø,5 LED Ø Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-00L-0TP BK NC IFL 5-00L-0TN BK NO IFL 5-00L-0TP BK NO 2-7

244 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M M 6x,5 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment DC -wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO M 0x,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-00L-0/0N 2/ NO NC IFL 5-00L-0/0P 2/ NO NC IFL 0 x 25 x 2 mm M x Ø9,2 6* 2 LED 6 0 8, Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 250 (0 x 25 x 2 mm) Cable DC -wire Switches can be mounted adjacent to each other without interference. Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact (on request: normally closed contact (-0) is available) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP), with 2 screws M x 6 for rear mounting Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: * maximum screwing depth: 6 mm IFL N BK NO IFL P BK NO IFL N BK NO IFL P BK NO 2-8

245 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL 0 x 25 x 2 mm M x6* Ø9, LED 6 0 8, Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 250 (0 x 25 x 2 mm) Cable (sidewards) DC -wire Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 2-...: 2 mm, embeddable IFL -...: mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact (on request: normally closed contact (-0) is available) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: P: approx. khz, N: approx. 800 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP), with 2 screws M x 6 for rear mounting Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: * maximum screwing depth: 6 mm IFL N-76 BK NO IFL P-76 BK NO IFL N-76 BK NO IFL P-76 BK NO 2-9

246 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL Ø 20 mm LED 2000 Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 20 mm Cable DC -wire Clamp H 20 is included in delivery, see accessories 79 Ø 20 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 20: thermoplastic Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL 0-200L-P WH BK NO + NC IFL Ø 20 mm M 8x LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 20 mm Plug-in connector DC -wire Clamp H 20 is included in delivery, see accessories 9 Ø 20 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 20: thermoplastic Connection: Plug-in connector M8 x IFL 0-200L-STP 2 NO + NC 2-50

247 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL Ø 0 mm 2000 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 0 mm Cable DC -wire Clamp H 0 is included in delivery, see accessories 6 Ø 0 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 0: thermoplastic Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL TN WH BK NC + NO IFL TP WH BK NO + NC IFL Ø 0 mm LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design Ø 0 mm Wiring compartment DC -wire Clamp H 0 is included in delivery, see accessories Ø 0 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and clamp H 0: thermoplastic Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 IFL N 2 NC + NO IFL P 2 NO + NC 2-5

248 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 2 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire 58,6 M 8x Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent), on request also available as NO contact (-0) or NC contact (-0). Switching output: P: -wire DC, N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz (embeddable) approx. 50 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8L-N WH BK NC + NO IFL 5-8L-P WH BK NO + NC IFL 8-8L-N WH BK NC + NO IFL 8-8L-P WH BK NO + NC IFL M 8 M 2x 9 LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire 9, M 8x Ø 6,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL 8-...: 8 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent), on request also available as NO contact (-0) or NC contact (-0). Switching output: P: -wire DC, N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 500 Hz (embeddable) approx. 50 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8L-STN 2 NC + NO IFL 5-8L-STP 2 NO + NC IFL 8-8L-STN 2 NC + NO IFL 8-8L-STP 2 NO + NC 2-52

249 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M 8 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire 5 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-80L-N WH BK NC + NO IFL 0-80L-P WH BK NO + NC IFL M 8 M 8x LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 8 x Plug-in connector DC -wire M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Plug-in connector M8 x Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-80L-STP 2 NO + NC 2-5

250 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M Ø,5 LED Ø Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire Ø 28 M 0x,5 6 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 200 Hz (embeddable) approx. 00 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0L-TN WH BK NC + NO IFL 0-0L-TP WH BK NO + NC IFL 5-0L-TN WH BK NC + NO IFL 5-0L-TP WH BK NO + NC IFL M Ø,5 LED Ø Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire Max. + 0 C (20 F) Ø 28 M 0x,5 LED may become defective when operated above 90 C. Operation of the switch, however, is not affected. 6 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 0-...: 0 mm, embeddable IFL 5-...: 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx. V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 0 C + 0 ºC (dry heat) Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz (embeddable) approx. 50 Hz (non-embeddable) Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: silicone cable x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 0-0L-TP-766 WH BK NO + NC IFL 5-0L-TP-766 WH BK NO + NC

251 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL M Ø,5 LED Ø Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-00L-TN WH BK NC + NO IFL 5-00L-TP WH BK NO + NC IFL 0 x 26 x 26 mm 26 2,6 5,5 0 0 M 2x 26 LED A A2 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 2 x mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and A2: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma per output I 0 : approx. 2.7 ma (2 V) U d : approx..2 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 650 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl), with 2 screws M5 x... for mounting Connection: Plug-in connector M2 x IFL / STP 2 A NO A2 NO Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 255 (0 x 26 x 26 mm) Plug-in connector DC -wire 2-55

252 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL 6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 mm 6,5 Ø, Ø ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design E (6.5 x 6.5 x 6.5 mm) Cable DC -wire Mounting bracket HWE- to simplify mounting available 26 LED Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL : 2.5 mm, non-embeddable (6.5 x 6.5 mm opening) Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP) Connection: cable LiYY x 0.25 mm 2, length 2 m IFL 5-E-N WH BK NC + NO IFL 5-E-P WH BK NO + NC IFL 20-E-N WH BK NC + NO IFL 20-E-P WH BK NO + NC IFL 2 x 0 x 0 mm , 7, LED 0,5 M 20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design (2 x 0 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment DC -wire By repositioning the switch five different actuating directions can be selected. The selected actuating direction can be marked with a sticker. Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : IFL 5-...: 5 mm, embeddable IFL : 20 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP) cover: Luran Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entry M20 x.5 IFL 5--N 2 NC + NO IFL 5--P 2 NO + NC IFL 20--N 2 NC + NO IFL 20--P 2 NO + NC 2-56

253 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL 20 x 55 x 0 mm , 27, ,5 LED 6 M20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 8 (20 x 55 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment DC -wire Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 0 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 25 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entries x M20 x.5 (break-out) IFL 0-8-N 2 NC + NO IFL 0-8-P 2 NO + NC IFL 5 x 80 x 0 mm , ,5 0 5,5 6 LED M20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 85 (5 x 80 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment DC -wire Mounting bracket HW 85- to simplify mounting available Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 50 mm, non-embeddable (on request: switching distance 70 mm) Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC N: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 5.5 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection, on request: short-circuit and overload proof (Index -665-) Ie = 00 ma, Ud = approx. V (00 ma) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 25 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entries x M20 x.5 (break-out) IFL ZNG 2 NC + NO IFL ZPG 2 NO + NC 2-57

254 Inductive proximity switches / DC -wire IFL 5 x 80 x 0 mm , ,5 0 5,5 6 M20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design 85 (5 x 80 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment DC -wire Max. + 0 C Without LED Mounting bracket HW 85- to simplify mounting available Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 50 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact and B: normally closed contact (antivalent) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 200 ma I 0 : approx. ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 0 C Switching frequency f: approx. 50 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (Noryl) Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entries x M20 x.5 (break-out) IFL P-20 2 NO + NC 2-58

255 Inductive proximity switches / AC/DC IFL M LED Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable AC/DC 2-wire Ø 6, M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: U: 2-wire AC/DC U b : VAC/DC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 0. ma (2 V) approx. 0.5 ma (220 V) U d : approx. V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 5 Hz Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.5 mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFL 5-8-0A NC IFL 5-8-0A NO L () N () L () N () IFL 2 x 0 x 0 mm , 7, LED 0,5 M 20x,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Rectangular design (2 x 0 x 0 mm) Wiring compartment AC/DC 2-wire Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: P: normally open contact or normally closed contact (Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws) Switching output: U: 2-wire AC/DC U b : VAC/DC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 0. ma (2 V) U d : approx. V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity and inductive interference protection Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Switching frequency f: approx. 5 Hz Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing: thermoplastic (PBTP) cover: Luran Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max. 2 x.5 mm 2, with cable entry M20 x.5 IFL 5--0/0A / L() 2/ N () NC NO By repositioning the switch five different actuating directions can be selected. The selected actuating direction can be marked with a sticker. Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws Schließer NO Öffner NC 2-59

256 Capacitive proximity switches IFC M Ø,5 Ø 5 Ø 27, Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief AC 2-wire Specified for dielectricity (D) Without LED M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : min. 0 ma, max. 00 ma I r : approx. 6 ma (20 V) U d : approx. 8 V (00 ma) Pull-in power: max. 20 VA inductive Protection circuit: inductive interference protection Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material (The adjustable real switching distance s r should be 75% of the effective switching distance s n with high temperature differences.) Usable operating distance s u : s r ± 5% at 0 C + 65 C Ambient temperature: 25 C + 65 ºC Protection class: IP 65 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-FG x 0.75 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFC 5-0-0YTD C IFC 5-0-0YTD C L N GN/YE PE NC L N GN/YE PE NO IFC M M 6x, LED 8 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Also suitable for liquids (L) M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact or B: normally closed contact Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : min. 0 ma, max. 00 ma I r : approx. 6 ma (20 V) U d : approx. 8 V (00 ma) Pull-in power: max. 20 VA inductive Protection circuit: inductive interference protection Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material (The adjustable real switching distance s r should be 75% of the effective switching distance s n with high temperature differences.) Usable operating distance s u : s r ± 5% at 0 C + 65 C Ambient temperature: 25 C + 65 ºC Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max..5 mm 2 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFC YLD C IFC YLD C L 2 N NC L N NO

257 Capacitive proximity switches IFC M 8 Poti LED 2000 Ø 5,7 5,5 60 6,5 Metal enclosure Design M 8 x Cable DC -wire Specified for dielectricity (D) 2 M 8x Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 8 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 6 ma U d : approx. 2 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material (The adjustable real switching distance s r should be 75% of the effective switching distance s n with high temperature differences.) Usable operating distance s u : s r + 20% at + 20 C + 70 C Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Protection class: IP 67 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 2 max. 800 Ncm Connection: cable LiYY x 0. mm 2, length 2 m Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFC 8-8-0PD C BK NO IFC M Ø,5 Ø 5 Ø 27, Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Cable with strain relief DC -wire Specified for dielectricity (D) Without LED M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 0 ma (20 V) U d : approx..5 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection (approx. 5 min) Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material (The adjustable real switching distance s r should be 75% of the effective switching distance s n with high temperature differences.) Usable operating distance s u : s r ± 5% at 0 C + 65 C Ambient temperature: 25 C + 65 ºC Protection class: IP 65 to EN Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: cable H0VV-FG x 0.75 mm 2, length 2 m, with strain relief Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFC 5-0-0YTPD C BK NO 2-6

258 Capacitive proximity switches IFC M M 6x,5 LED 8 Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment DC -wire Also suitable for liquids (L) Without LED M 0x,5 Standards: IEC/EN VDE S n : 5 mm, non-embeddable Switching element function: A: normally open contact Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 0 ma (2 V) U d : approx..5 V (200 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection (approx. 5 min) Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material (The adjustable real switching distance s r should be 75% of the effective switching distance s n with high temperature differences.) Usable operating distance s u : s r ± 5% at 0 C + 65 C Ambient temperature: 25 C + 65 ºC Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws with self-lifting pressure clamps for max..5 mm 2 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFC YPL C NO 2-62

259 Download now Data sheets, mounting and wiring instructions, declaration of conformity and other information at:

260 Optical proximity switches / AC 2-wire IFO M M 6x,5 LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws M 0x,5 2, Schließer NO 9,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE Sd: max. 800 mm Switching element function: P: Programmable NO contact (Load switched with reflection / light-operated) or NC contact (Load not switched with reflection / dark-operated) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : approx. ma U d : approx. 7 V (250 V/500 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : max. 0 kv at Ri = 0 K bis 0 ms Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material Switching frequency f: max. 5 Hz Ambient temperature: 0 C C Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFO 8-0-0/0 D / 2/ NC NO L N IFO M M 6x,5 2-6 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment AC 2-wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws M 0x,5 2, Schließer NO 9,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE Sd: max. 800 mm Switching element function: P: Programmable NO contact (Load switched with reflection / light-operated) or NC contact (Load not switched with reflection / dark-operated) Switching output: F: 2-wire AC U b : VAC Rated supply frequency: Hz I e : 500 ma I m : 0 ma I r : approx. ma U d : approx. 7 V (250 V/500 ma) Protection circuit: inductive interference protection U imp : max. 0 kv at Ri = 0 K bis 0 ms Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material Switching frequency f: max. 5 Hz Ambient temperature: 0 C C Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFO /0 D / 2/ NC NO L N

261 Optical proximity switches / DC -wire IFO M M 6x,5 LED Metal enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment DC -wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws M 0x,5 2, Schließer NO 9,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE Sd: up to 000 mm Switching element function: P: Programmable NO contact (Load switched with reflection / light-operated) or NC contact (Load not switched with reflection / dark-operated) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 2. ma (2 V) U d : approx. 2 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material Ambient temperature: 0 C C Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: - Material: housing and nuts: nickel plated brass Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 000 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFO 0-0-0/0P D 2/ NO NC IFO M M 6x,5 LED Thermoplastic enclosure Design M 0 x.5 Wiring compartment DC -wire Programmable by repositioning the plug-in jumper at the terminal screws M 0x,5 2, Schließer NO 9,5 Öffner NC Standards: IEC/EN VDE Sd: up to 000 mm Switching element function: P: Programmable NO contact (Load switched with reflection / light-operated) or NC contact (Load not switched with reflection / dark-operated) Switching output: P: -wire DC U b : VDC I e : 00 ma I 0 : approx. 2. ma (2 V) U d : approx. 2 V (00 ma) Protection circuit: wrong polarity, inductive interference, industrial transients and short-circuit protection Switching frequency f: approx. 00 Hz Effective operating distance s r : adjustable, depending on the material Ambient temperature: 0 C C Protection class: IP 65 to EN Protection class: II, X Material: housing and nuts: thermoplastic (PBTP + PA 2) washer: rubber (perbunan) Tightening torque for nuts: A/F 6 max. 00 Ncm Connection: Terminal screws for max..5 mm 2, with cable entry M6 x.5 Note: Instead of nuts, a mounting clamp can be provided (see accessories). IFO /0P D 2/ NO NC 2-65

262 Accessories for proximity switches Mounting bracket HW 85- Mounting clamp H 6.5 Mounting clamp H 20 M5 65 2,5 0, Ø 6,7 M, Ø 20 M , M5x22 ( x) 5 0 Ø 5, For easy installation of inductive proximity switches (design 85) Steel, zinc-plated For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter 6.5 mm Material: thermoplastic For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter 20 mm Material: thermoplastic Mounting bracket HWE- Mounting clamp H 2 Mounting clamp H , 7 28 Ø 2 M5 8 0 Ø 0 M , For easy installation of inductive proximity switches (design E) Steel, zinc-plated For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter 2 mm or thread M2 Material: thermoplastic For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter 0 mm or thread M0 Material: thermoplastic Mounting clamp H Mounting clamp H 8 Mounting clamp H 0,6 2 5,5, 2,5,8 Ø 2, M 0,8 9, Ø 8 M Ø 0 M For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter mm Material: thermoplastic For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter 8 mm or thread M8 Material: thermoplastic For a smooth fitting of the proximity switches with cylindric shape For diameter 0 mm Material: thermoplastic 2-66

263 Accessories for proximity switches Reflectors E D Connector plug Ø 6.5 Connector plug Ø 6.5 ØA ØB ØC For IFO Material: thermoplastic Type ø A ø B ø C D E R R R R RKM -06/2m (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 65 Rated operating voltage: 60 VAC / 75 VDC Rated operating current: A VLPR-025-EB-M (Woodhead) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 65 Rated operating voltage: 0 0 VDC Rated operating current: A Special feature: 2 LEDs Filter VF 0 Connector plug Ø 6.5 Connector plug M 8,5 Ø 27,7 For IFO Filter disc of plastic for climiniation of dead zone and reduction of operating distance. AC; diffuse; Effective operating distance s r : 0 mm (Poti = max.) Detection range with s r : 0 0 mm Standard target: 00 x 00 mm 90% reflectivity (all other data same as for standard unit) RKMW/LED A -62/2m pnp (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 65 Rated operating voltage: 0 0 VDC Rated operating current: A Special feature: with LED RKM -07/5m (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 65 Rated operating voltage: 60 VAC / 75 VDC Rated operating current: A Filter VS 0 Connector plug Ø 6.5 Connector plug M 8,5 Ø 27,7 For IFO Filter disc of plastic for climiniation of dead zone and reduction of operating distance. DC; clear; Effective operating distance s r : 50 mm (Poti = max.) Detection range with s r : 0 50 mm Standard target: 00 x 00 mm 90% reflectivity (all other data same as for standard unit) VLFS-025-EB-M (Woodhead) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 65 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A RKMV -06/2m (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 60 VAC / 75 VDC Rated operating current: A 2-67

264 Accessories for proximity switches Connector plug M 8 Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 RKMV -225/2m (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 60 VAC / 75 VDC Rated operating current: A Serie 7 Winkel (A coding) (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A Special feature: transparent Serie 76 shielded (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 Serie 7 gerade (A coding) (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A Serie 7 Winkel (B coding) (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A Serie 766 B x (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 Serie 75 gerade (B coding) (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 25 V Rated operating current: A Serie 76 gerade (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: A ELWIKA-KV 2PS (Hirschmann) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 0 0 VDC Rated operating current: A Special feature: with LED 2-68

265 Accessories for proximity switches Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 8 ELWIKA 2 PSU (Hirschmann) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: Rated operating voltage: 0 2 V Rated operating current: A Special feature: with LED RKWT/LED A --06/2m PVC (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 0 0 VDC Rated operating current: A Serie 7 Winkel (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: 6 A Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 2 RKT --06/2m (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 250 VAC / 00 VDC Rated operating current: A RKWT/LED A --22/2m PUR (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 0 0 VDC Rated operating current: A Connector plug M 2 Connector plug M 8 RKWT --06/2m (Lumberg) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 68 Rated operating voltage: 250 VAC / 00 VDC Rated operating current: A Serie 7 gerade (Binder) Number of poles: Enclosure protection class: IP 67 Rated operating voltage: 250 V Rated operating current: 6 A 2-69

266 Selection table: Magnetic reed switches Actuating distances Actuating magnets 80-0z 80-0z 80-rz 85-r 0-0z 0-0z 0-rz Page 2-8 Page 2-72 Page 2-72 Page 2-72 Page 2-7 Page 2-76 Page 2-76 Page 2-77 BP 6 S BP 7 S 6-22 BP BP 8 S 2-0 BP BP 0 N 5 BP 0 S x BP x BP 0 N 20 2 x BP 0 S BP BP 5 N 7 BP 5 S x BP x BP 5S x BP 5/ x BP 5/2 N 22 2 x BP 5/2 S 22 BP BP N 5-0 BP S x BP x BP S BP BP 20 N -25 BP 20 S BP BP N -25 BP S BP BP N 5 BP S x BP N x BP S -25 BP BP 2 N 20 BP 2 S x BP 2 N x BP 2 S 0-0 BP BP 2 N 5-5 BP 2 S x BP 2 N x BP 2 S BP 22 S BP 22 N+BP 22 S 2 x BP 22 S BE BE 20 N 20 BE 20 S

267 2-r 2-r 25-r 65-0z 65-0z/ 65-0z 65-rz 65-0z/V 65-0z/V 65-z/V 65-z/V 65-rz/V 65-rz/V 20-0z 20-20z 20-0z 20-02z 20-z 20-rz 20-2rz 20-rz Page 2-77 Page 2-78 Page 2-80 Page 2-80 Page 2-8 Page 2-8 Page 2-82 Page

268 Magnetic reed switches 80 6,5,5 0,5, Thermoplastic enclosure Flat design Long life Non-contacting principle Reed contact Actuating distance up to 60 mm depending on actuating magnet and version Actuating surface marked by protrusion Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP 67 to EN Termination: cable LiYY 2 x 0.25 mm 2, length m Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC Switching current: max. 0.5 A Switching capacity: max. 0 VA, 8 W Dielectric strength: > 50 VAC (50 Hz) Switching time Close : max. 2 ms Switching time Open : max ms Bounce duration: max. 0.5 ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: 5 million operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 5 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 5 g on sine wave oscillation NC contact 80-0z with N-S actuating magnet NO contact 80-0z with N-S actuating magnet bistable contact 80-rz with S actuating magnet Approvals Ordering details Note Note 80-➀z No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 0 NO contact r bistable contact A,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0, 0, 0,2 0, V The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page Switching capacity: 2-72

269 Magnetic reed switches 85 6, ,7 7,5 000, ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Long life Non-contacting principle Mounting with clamping feet and screw clamp Reed-contact to clip-in, on-location assembly Adjustment by loosening the central mounting screw Actuating distance up to 0 mm depending on actuating magnet and version Two individual wires LiYY 0.75 mm 2 Protection class IP 0 Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0 to EN Termination: 2 individual wires LiY 0.75 mm 2, length m Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 60 VAC/DC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 0 VA/W Dielectric strength: 00 VDC Switching time Close : max. 2 ms Switching time Open : max ms Bounce duration: max. 0.2 ms Ambient temperature: 0 C C Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: 500 million operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 60 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 60 g on sine wave oscillation bistable contact 85-rz with S actuating magnet Approvals Ordering details 85-➀-➁ No. Replace Description ➀ r bistable contact ➁ Mounting with clamping brackets + 2 single wires 8- Mounting on C DIN rail and 2 single wires without screws 8-2 like above with screws 82- Mounting on C DIN rail and sheathed cable without screws 82-2 like above with screws 82- Mounting with clamping brackets and sheathed cable Note,0 A 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0, 0, 0,2 0, V Switching capacity: Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page

270 s Magnetic reed switches , ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Long life Non-contacting principle For triggering of relays 5 reed-contacts to clip-on Reciprocal switch function through rotating the individual switching elements by 80 LEDs to indicate the switching condition Unused plugs can be filled with blank elements With 0-pole plug-in connection Protection class IP Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP 0 to EN Termination: connector, 0-pole Mode of operation: magnetic Switching conditions indicator: LED Actuating magnet: BP 7 Switching voltage: 2 60 VDC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 0 W Dielectric strength: 00 VDC Switching time Close : max. 2 ms Switching time Open : max ms Ambient temperature: 0 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: 500 million operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 60 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 60 g on sine wave oscillation Actuating distances: With mounting on ferromagnetic material: average max. actuating distance s: mm max. actuating distance under unfavourable conditions s max : mm min. actuating distance s min : mm effective actuating distance s nenn : 6 mm With mounting on non-ferrous material (e.g. plastic rail): actuating distance s: 0 9 mm effective actuating distance s nenn : 5 mm K6 5K K6 bistable contact 2 5K6 5K6 5K6 5K6 5K6 5K K6 Approvals Ordering details 85-5-➀ No. Replace ➀ Description bistable contact activation of relays 20 bistable contact for connection to control units Suitable switch insert 85-re must be ordered separately! Note Included in delivery: 2 blank inserts Unit without switch inserts The LED is illuminated when the switch is open. The LED is illuminated when the switch is closed. (ordering suffix -20) Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page

271 Download now Data sheets, mounting and wiring instructions, declarations of conformity and other information at:

272 Magnetic reed switches 0 25,5 8, ,5,5 6,5 7 7,5 000 Thermoplastic enclosure Flat design Long life Non-contacting principle Reed contact Actuating distance up to 60 mm depending on actuating magnet and version Actuating surface and direction of actuation marked by switch symbol Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP 67 to EN Termination: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.75 mm 2, length m Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 20 VA/W Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) Switching speed: max. 8 m/s Switching frequency: max. 00/s for 0-0z, -0z Switching time Close : 0. ms -.5 ms Switching time Open : max. 0.5 ms Bounce duration: ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 0g/ms Resistance to vibration: 0g/ms Resistance to vibration: 0 55 Hz, amplitude mm Switching point accuracy: ± 0.25 mm, T = constant NC contact 0-0z with N-S actuating magnet 0 NO contact 0-0z with N-S actuating magnet 0 bistable contact 0-rz with N actuating magnet bistable contact 0-rz with S actuating magnet 0 Approvals Ordering details 0-➀z No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 0 NO contact r bistable contact Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity: The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. When the switches and actuators come together, the colours must coincide: Red (S) to red (S) and green (N) to green (N). This does not apply to the bistable contact. The switch is to be mounted on iron with a non-magnetic layer of at least 20 mm. 2-76

273 Magnetic reed switches M 0 9 Thermoplastic enclosure Long life Non-contacting principle Reed contact Actuating distance up to 55 mm depending on actuating magnet and version Actuating surface and direction of actuation marked by switch symbol Mounting with two threaded bolts Spade connector.8 mm Protection class IP 67 Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP IP 67 to EN Termination: spade connector.8 mm spade connector 6. mm (ordering suffix -89) Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC 2-, -r: max. 220 VAC, 50 VDC Switching current: max. A 2-, -r: max. A Switching capacity: max. 20 VA/W 2-, -r: max. 60 VA/W Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) 2-, -r: > 50 VAC (50 Hz) Switching speed: max. 8 m/s Switching frequency: max. 00/s 2-, -r: max. 200/s Switching time Close : 0. ms -.5 ms Switching time Open : max. 0.5 ms Bounce duration: ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 90 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: Resistance to vibration: 5 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: Switching point accuracy: ± 0.25 mm, T = constant NO contact 2-0 NC contact 2-0 change-over contact 2- with N-S actuating magnet bistable contact 2-r bistable change-over contact 2-r with N actuating magnet 0 bistable contact 2-r bistable change-over contact 2-r with S actuating magnet r 2-r 2-r 2-r Approvals Ordering details 2-➀ No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 0 NO contact change-over contact r bistable contact r bistable change-over contact Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity: NC, NO, bistable contact The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page Note,0 A 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0, 0, 0,2 0, V Switching capacity: change-over, bistable change-over contact The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. 2-77

274 Magnetic reed switches M Thermoplastic enclosure Long life Non-contacting principle Reed contact Actuating surface and direction of actuation marked by switch symbol Mounting with two threaded bolts Spade connector.8 mm Protection class IP 0 Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP 00 IP 0 with insulated plug IP 67 with cable output and additional shielding plate (ordering suffix -279 and ) to EN Termination: spade connector.8 mm (ordering suffix -29) spade connector 6. mm (ordering suffix -89) cable output (ordering suffix -279 and ) Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 20 VA Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) Switching speed: max. 8 m/s Switching frequency: max. 00/s Switching time Close : max..5 ms Switching time Open : max. 0.5 ms Bounce duration: ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 50g/ms Resistance to vibration: 0 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 0 55 Hz, amplitude mm Switching point accuracy: ± 0.25 mm, T = constant bistable contact 25-r with N actuating magnet ,2 5+-0,2 Approvals Ordering details 25-r-➀ No. Replace ➀ Description Spade terminal.8 mm and shielding plate 29 Spade terminal.8 mm and 2 shielding plates 89 Spade terminal 6. mm and 2 shielding plates 279 Cable output left and 2 shielding plates Cable output right and 2 shielding plates Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity: Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page

275 Magnetic reed switches 25 special versions M 9, Ø additional shielding plate and cable output left or right (ordering suffix -279 and ) Approvals Ordering details see left 2-79

276 Magnetic reed switches Ø 20 Pg ,5 Actuation from side Thermoplastic enclosure Central mounting Long life Non-contacting principle Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 When the switches and actuators come together, the colours must coincide: Red (S) to red (S) and green (N) to green (N). This does not apply to the bistable contact. Ø Standards: IEC/EN Design: cylindrical Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic tightening force on nut 22 mm A/F max. 00 Ncm Protection class: IP 67 to EN Termination: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.75 mm 2, length m Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 20 VA/W Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) Switching speed: max. 8 m/s Switching frequency: max. 00/s Switching time Close : 0. ms -.5 ms Switching time Open : max. 0.5 ms Bounce duration: ms max. ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 0 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 0 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 0 55 Hz, amplitude mm Switching point accuracy: ± 0.25 mm, T = constant NO contact 65-0z with N-S actuating magnet NC contact 65-0z with N-S actuating magnet bistable contact 65-rz with N actuating magnet bistable contact 65-rz with S actuating magnet Approvals C Ordering details 65-➀z➁ No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 0 NO contact r bistable contact ➁ With bias magnet / Without bias magnet Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page

277 Magnetic reed switches 65/V 2 Ø Pg Actuation from front Thermoplastic enclosure Central mounting Long life Non-contacting principle Pre-wired cable available, cable length m Protection class IP 67 When the switches and actuators come together, the colours must coincide: Red (S) to red (S) and green (N) to green (N). This does not apply to the bistable contact. Ø Standards: IEC/EN Design: cylindrical Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic tightening force on nut 22 mm A/F max. 00 Ncm Protection class: IP 67 to EN Termination: cable H0VV-F 2 x 0.75 mm 2, A0VV-F x 0.75 mm 2, length m Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC 65-rz/V: max. 20 VAC/DC Switching current: max. A 65-rz/V: max. A Switching capacity: max. 20 VA/W 65-rz/V: max. 60 W Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) 65-rz/V: > 50 VAC (50 Hz) Switching speed: max. 8 m/s Switching frequency: max. 00/s 65-rz/V: max. 200/s Switching time Close : 0. ms -.5 ms Switching time Open : max. 0.5 ms Bounce duration: ms max. ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 75 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load Resistance to shock: 0 g on sine wave oscillation 65-rz/V: 5 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 0 g on sine wave oscillation 65-rz/V: 5 g on sine wave oscillation Resistance to vibration: 0 55 Hz, amplitude mm Switching point accuracy: ± 0.25 mm, T = constant NO contact 65-0z/V with S actuating magnet NC contact 65-0z/V with S actuating magnet bistable contact 65-rz/V with N-S actuating magnet Approvals C Ordering details 65-➀z/➁V No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 0 NO contact r bistable contact ➁ With bias magnet / Without bias magnet Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page

278 Magnetic reed switches ,5 M 6x,5 7,5 6,5 6, Aluminium enlosure Long life Non-contacting principle Reed contact Particularly resistant to vibration Available for actuation from front or side Actuating distance up to 50 mm depending on actuating magnet and version Screw terminal Protection class IP 67 When the switches and actuators come together, the colours must coincide: Red (S) to red (S) and green (N) to green (N). Standards: IEC/EN Design: rectangular Enclosure: Al Si2 die-casting, painted Protection class: IP 67 to EN Termination: screw terminals Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 250 VAC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 20 VA/W Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) Switching speed: max. 8 m/s Switching frequency: max. 00/s Switching time Close : 0. ms -.5 ms Switching time Open : max. 0.5 ms Bounce duration: ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 90 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load Resistance to vibration: 50 g on sine wave oscillation Switching point accuracy: ± 0.25 mm, T = constant NO contact 20-0z NC contact 20-0z with N-S actuating magnet 0 bistable contact 20-rz with N actuating magnet 0 bistable contact 20-rz with S actuating magnet Approvals Ordering details 20-➀z No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 02 2 NC contacts 0 NO contact 20 2 NO contacts change-over contact r bistable contact 2r 2 bistable contacts r bistable change-over contact Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity: Note The opening and closing functions depend on the direction of actuation, the actuating magnets and the polarity of the actuating magnets. The actuating magnets are not included in delivery. To choose the appropriate actuating magnets, please use the tables on page

279 Magnetic reed switches 75 5,5, ,5 Float switch Thermoplastic enclosure Long life Non-contacting principle Reed contact Available with plug-in connetor or pre-wired cable Protection class IP 68 Depending on how the floater is assembled, either a NO contact or a NC contact is possible. The switching function is reversed accordingly, if the floater in a change-over contact element is turned upside-down. The operating points listed, apply for water. Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protection class: IP 68 plug connection IP 65 IP 67 cable connection (ordering suffix -9) to EN Termination: plug-in connetor or pre-wired cable Mode of operation: magnetic Switching voltage: max. 220 VAC Switching current: max. A Switching capacity: max. 60 VA/W Hysteresis: ca. mm Dielectric strength: > 600 VAC (50 Hz) 75-y: > 50 VAC (50 Hz) Bounce duration: ms 75-y: max. 0.2/0.5 ms Ambient temperature: 25 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: billion operations Electrical life: million - billion operations, depending on load NO contact 75-0y NC contact 75-0y change-over contact 75-y Approvals Ordering details 75-➀y-➁ No. Replace Description ➀ 0 NC contact 0 NO contact change-over contact ➁ Plug-in connector to DIN Pre-wired cable Note A,0 2,5 2,0,5,0 0, V Switching capacity: NC, NO, bistable contact A Note,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0, 0, 0,2 0, V Switching capacity: change-over, bistable change-over contact 2-8

280 Magnetic reed switches System components System components System components,8 90 ø, S N ø BP 6 90 S 9 2,5 N ø,5 ø 0 BP 7 90 S N 7,7 ø, ø,8 N 7 S BP 8 25 N 5 S 8 ø8,5 ø, S N ø , ø, N S ø 22, N (S) 65 0, ,5 BP 5 BP 20 N / BP 20 S N (S) 90 S ø, ø , ,5,5 0 BP 5/2 BP 90 ø 5, 2 0,5 5 N 8 2 7,5 S,5 0 BP BP N / BP S S 80 5,5 N BP 0 BP 20 BP Ordering details Actuating magnet Unenclosed, N-S BP 6 Unenclosed, N-S BP 7 Unenclosed, N-S BP 8 Unenclosed, N-S BP 0 Ordering details Actuating magnet thermoplastic enclosure, N-S BP 5 Unenclosed, N-S BP 5/2 thermoplastic enclosure, N-S BP metal enclosure, N-S BP 20 Ordering details Actuating magnet metal enclosure Al, N BP 20 N metal enclosure Al, S BP 20 S thermoplastic enclosure, N-S BP thermoplastic enclosure, N BP N thermoplastic enclosure, S BP S metal enclosure Al, N-S BP 2-8

281 Magnetic reed switches System components System components System components S 0,5 2, ,5 2, BP N / BP S S 2x BP N / 2x BP S BP 2 N , x BP 2 N / 2x BP 2 S N BP 2 5 BP 2 N / BP 2 S x BP 22 N / 2x BP 22 S 55 29,5, ø, S0 N BP 22 7,5 7, BP 22 N / BP 22 S ø 6,5 ca. 000 BP 2 N / BP 2 S 2x BP 2 N / 2x BP 2 S BE 20 6,5 Ordering details Ordering details Ordering details Actuating magnet metal enclosure Al, N BP N metal enclosure Al, S BP S metal enclosure Al, 2x N 2x BP N metal enclosure Al, 2x S 2x BP S metal enclosure Al, N-S BP 2 metal enclosure Al, N BP 2 N metal enclosure Al, S BP 2 S Actuating magnet metal enclosure Al, 2x N 2x BP 2 N metal enclosure Al, 2x S 2x BP 2 S metal enclosure Al, N-S BP 2 metal enclosure Al, N BP 2 N metal enclosure Al, S BP 2 S metal enclosure Al, 2x N 2x BP 2 N metal enclosure Al, 2x S 2x BP 2 S Actuating magnet metal enclosure Zn, N-S BP 22 metal enclosure Zn, N BP 22 N metal enclosure Zn, S BP 22 S metal enclosure Zn, 2x N 2x BP 22 N metal enclosure Zn, 2x S 2x BP 22 S Electromagnet, thermoplastic enclosure BE

282 Magnetic reed switches Spacer / Terminal mounting H 5 8,5 ø , ,5 25 ø 5 M To mount the magnetic safety sensor and actuator on ferromagnetic material For 65 Material: thermoplastic Holder H/ Compensating coil KS ø 2,5 8,5 ca ,5 2,5 5, , ,5 2,5 87,5 0 M6 x,5 27 For 65 Metal holder with 2 elastic bearings Provides high resistance to vibration Temperature range 25 C + 90 ºC For cable lengths up to 00 m Cable H05V-K mm 2, cable length 00 mm The bucking coil is to be wired in series with the reed contact Version for high temperature 25 C + 50 ºC, ordering suffix -T Holder H2 Compensating coil KS 2 ø ca ,5 29,5 M6 x, For 65 Metal holder with rubber washer Temperature range 25 C + 90 ºC For cable lengths up to 200 m or 2 x 00 m Cable H05V-K mm 2, cable length 00 mm The bucking coil is to be wired in series with the reed contact 2-86

283 Automation technology Command and signalling devices For the man-machine interface, Schmersal offers command devices, such as foot switches and pull-wire switches as well as signalling devices. Pull-wire switches -2 Foot switches -7 Stack lights - Program extension -8 -

284 Pull-wire switches ES/EM Z 5, M6 0 0 Metal enclosure Slow action: 2 contacts Snap action: 2 contacts cable entries M6 x.5 Available with external watertight collar Protection class IP 65 Plastic cover available Available in various spring pressure (actuating force) variants Execution with mounting angle for ceiling fitting available Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Cover: steel, painted Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, positive break NC contacts A Switching system: slow or snap action Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: x M6 x.5 U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : 0 A I e /U e : 6 A / 00 V Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 600/h Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC 0 2,5,5 2 NO 0 2, Approvals Ordering details E➀ ➁Z ➂ No. Replace Description ➀ M Snap action S Slow action ➁ Without watertight collar W With watertight collar ➂ Ö/S NO/ NC 2S 2 NO (only for slow action) Note Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -2

285 Pull-wire switches ES 5 Z,2 55 M Metal enclosure Slow action: 2 contacts Small body cable entry M6 x.5 Available with external watertight collar Available in various spring pressure (actuating force) variants Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Cover: steel, painted Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, positive break NC contacts A Switching system: slow action with self-cleaning contacts Termination: screw terminals M Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: x M6 x.5 U i : 00 V I the : 0 A I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 600/h Slow action NO / NC 0,5 6 - Approvals Ordering details ES 5 ➀Z No. Replace Description Note ➀ W Without watertight collar With watertight collar Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -

286 Pull-wire switches ES/EM 6 Z 85 5,2 M20 0 ø , 2, Metal enclosure Slow action: 2 contacts Snap action: 2 contacts cable entries M6 x.5 Available with external watertight collar Protection class IP 65 Available in various spring pressure (actuating force) variants Execution with mounting angle for ceiling fitting available EEx version available 9 0 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Cover: steel, painted Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Switching system: slow or snap action Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminals M.5 Cable section: max. 2.5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: x M6 x.5 U imp : 6 kv U i : 00 V I the : 0 A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : ES 6 Z: 6 A / 00 V EM 6 Z: 6 A / 00 V Max. fuse rating: ES 6 Z: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse EM 6 Z: 6 A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 20 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Switching frequency: 600/h Snap action NO / NC Slow action NO / NC 0, NO 0, Approvals Ordering details E➀ 6 ➁Z ➂ No. Replace Description ➀ M Snap action S Slow action ➁ Without watertight collar W With watertight collar ➂ Ö/S NO/ NC 2S 2 NO (only for slow action) Note Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -

287 Pull-wire switches TQ 0 5,5 5 8 ø ,5 0 9,5 0 2, ,5 M20 Metal enclosure 2 contacts 2 cable entries Wire up to 25 m long Reset by push button or key possible Available for various actuating forces 6 20 Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: light-alloy diecast, paint finish Cover: steel, painted Protection class: IP 65 key reset: IP 5 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact, double break with 2 separate contact bridges, positive break NC contacts A Switching system: slow action, positive break NC contacts A Termination: screw terminal Cable section: max. mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : 0 A I e /U e : A / 80 V Utilisation category: AC-5 Max. fuse rating: 25 A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 0 C + 90 C Mechanical life: 0000 operations Switching frequency: 600/h Slow action NO / NC 5,5,5 0 5,5,8 Approvals Ordering details Note Note TQ -0/0 ➀ No. Replace Description 2 ø 7 2 ø 22 ➀ yü Without latching, protection class IP 65 yür Push button reset, protection class IP 65 xürs Key reset, protection class IP 5 28, M20 2,5 0 9, , M20 2,5 0 9, Push button reset Ordering suffix r Reset by key Ordering suffix rs -5

288 Pull-wire switches ZS 7 RE 05 5, M20 x, ø ,5 2 Wire pull function with latching force Metal enclosure 2 contacts Small body 2 cable entries M20 x.5 Twisting not possible Available with external watertight collar Signalling lamp available on request for various voltage Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: cast aluminium, enamel finish Cover: thermoplastic ultramid Protection class: IP 65 to EN Contact material: silver Contact type: change-over contact with double break Switching system: A IEC slow action, NC contacts with positive break Termination: screw terminals Cable section: max..5 mm 2 (incl. conductor ferrules) Cable entry: 2 x M20 x.5 U imp : kv U i : 00 V I the : A Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : A / 00 VAC Max. fuse rating: A gl/gg D-fuse Ambient temperature: 25 C + 70 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations Indicator lamp: on request Slow action NO / NC 0 5 7, Approvals Ordering details ZS 7 ➀ Ö/S RE No. Replace Description Note ➀ W Without watertight collar With watertight collar Collar to protect against the entry of foreign bodies -6

289 Foot switch GFI and GFSI contacts Metal enclosure With or without protective shield High level of stability Low pedal height Ergonomic pedal shape Wiring compartment Cable entry M20 x.5 Ex version available Available with mechanical interlock (only for slow action S) Available with special finish in RAL colour tones Also available as safety foot switch Standards: IEC/EN Enclosure: pressure die cast Al alloy, paint finish RAL 50 Pedal: pressure die cast Al alloy, paint finish RAL 50 Protective shield: GFI: - GFSI: cast aluminium, paint finish, RAL 200 Termination: screw terminals for max. 2.5 mm 2 cables (including conductor ferrules) Cable entry: x M20 x.5 Contact material: silver Protection class: IP 65 to EN Switching system: slow action, double break, positive break NC contacts A Contact blocks: NC / NO 2 NC / 2 NO Potentiometer output (-Poti): kω, 2kΩ, 5kΩ, 0 kω, 50 kω Analog output (-HS): VDC, ma DC,...20 ma DC 2-level switching (ÖS D ÖS): NC / NO pressure point NC / NO latching (-RE): NC / NO with latching Utilisation category: AC-5 I e /U e : slow action: ES 60 GF: 6 A / 00 VAC snap action: insert ZS 22: A / 20 VAC 2.5 A / 00 VAC A / 500 VAC Switching voltage: max. 00 VAC Max. fuse rating: insert ES 60 GF: 6 A (slow blow) insert ZS 22: A (slow blow) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations NO / NC NO / 2 NC Approvals Ordering details GF➀I➁ ➂ No. Replace Description Note Other contact configurations avaiable on request (Max. contacts per pedal). ➀ ➁ ➂ S M Ö/S 2Ö/2S Without protective shield With protective shield Slow action Snap action per pedal: NO/ NC 2 NO/2 NC -7

290 Foot switch GF and GFS Max. contacts Metal enclosure With or without protective shield High level of stability Wide opening in shield Low pedal height Cable entry M20 x.5 Ex version available Available with mechanical interlock (only for slow action S) Available with special finish in RAL colour tones Special versions, see page -9 Also available as safety foot switch Standards: IEC/EN VDE 0 part Enclosure: cast aluminium, enamel finish, RAL 50 Cover: GF: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic GFS: - Pedal: GF: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic, free of silicone GFS: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic Protective shield: GF: - GFS: cast aluminium, paint finish, RAL 50 Cable entry: GF/GFS: M20 x,5 GF2/GFS2: M25 x,5 GF/GFS: 2 x M25 x,5 Protection class: IP 65 to EN Switching system: slow or snap action Utilisation category: AC-5, DC- I e /U e : slow action: contacts: insert ES 0 GF: 6 A / 00 VAC 2 contacts: insert ES 60 GF: 6 A / 00 VAC snap action: insert ZS 22: A / 20 VAC 2.5 A / 00 VAC A / 500 VAC Max. fuse rating: insert ES 0 GF: 6A insert ES 60 GF: 6 A insert ZS 22: A (slow blow) Ambient temperature: 25 C + 80 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations NO / NC NO / 2 NC Approvals H C D Ordering details GF➀➁ ➂ No. Replace Description Note Other contact configurations avaiable on request (Max. contacts per pedal). ➀ ➁ ➂ S M Ö/S 2Ö/2S Without protective shield With protective shield Slow action Snap action per pedal: NO/ NC 2 NO/2 NC -8

291 Foot switch GF 2 and GFS 2 GF and GFS System components Pressure point D 9,5 M 25x Pedal cover K Double-pedal type Max. contacts per pedal Various pedal function available Cable entry M25 x.5 Triple-pedal types Max. contacts per pedal Various pedal function available 2 cable entries M25 x Foot rest FST ø ø 0 Approvals C D Ordering details GF➀➁ 2 ➂ / ➃ No. Replace Description ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ S M ÖS 2ÖS ÖS 2ÖS Without protective shield With protective shield Slow action Snap action Left pedal: NO/ NC 2 NO/2 NC Right pedal: NO/ NC 2 NO/2 NC Approvals Ordering details GF➀➁ ➂ / ➃ / ➄ No. Replace Description ➀ Without protective shield S With protective shield ➁ Slow action M Snap action ➂ Left pedal: ÖS NO/ NC 2ÖS 2 NO/2 NC ➃ Central pedal: ÖS NO/ NC 2ÖS 2 NO/2 NC ➄ Right pedal: ÖS NO/ NC 2ÖS 2 NO/2 NC Carrying handle TST Ordering details Pressure point ordering suffix D Pedal cover ordering suffix K Foot rest FST Carrying handle TST Only FST foot support can be retro-fitted. -9

292 Foot switch LKF ,5 Thermoplastic enclosure Small flat design Micro-break switches for switching currents up to 5 A or 2 pole change-over contact With or without pre-wired cable available Pre-wired cable available, cable length 2 m 7 Standards: IEC/EN VDE 0 part Enclosure: shockproof thermoplastic Pedal: shockproof thermoplastic Termination: Customer-specific wiring with appropriate cable (with PW: dmax. = 6.5 mm, with 2 PW: dmax. = 8.5 mm) Ordering suffix -2m: permanent die-cast wiring cable, x 0.5 mm 2 or 6 x 0.5 mm 2, 2 m long Protection class: IP 65 with cable, IP without cable to EN Switching system: snap action Max. fuse rating: 5 A (slow blow) Switching voltage: 250 VAC/DC Max. making current: micro-break switches: 5A Max. switching capacity: micro-break switches: 250 VA Ambient temperature: 0 C + 70 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations -pole change-over contact R 2 BK 2-pole change-over contact L R GN 5 YE 2 WH BK 7 6 Approvals Ordering details LKF ➀-➁ No. Replace Description ➀ PW -pole change-over contact 2PW 2-pole change-over contact ➁ Without cable 2m Cable length 2m -0

293 Foot switch KF and KFS contacts Thermoplastic enclosure Protective metal shield Small flat design With or without protective shield Reed contacts for low switching currents from ma to A Micro-break switches for switching currents up to 5 A Pre-wired cable available, cable length 2 m Hall sensors available giving analogue output signal proportional to pedal deflection Execution with pressure point (2-stage switch) possible Plug-in connection possible Other cable types/lengths possible Available with special finish in RAL colour tones Standards: IEC/EN VDE 0 part Enclosure: nylon 66, glass-fibre reinforced, self-extinguishing Pedal: glass-fibre reinforced thermoplastic (Nylon 66) Protective shield: KF: - KFS: stainless-steel casing, enamelled Termination: cable H0W-F, length 2 m Cable section: 0.5 mm 2 Protection class: IP 65 to EN Switching system: reed contacts or snap action, change-over contact Switching voltage: reed contacts: VAC/DC Max. making current: reed contacts: A micro-break switches: 5A Max. switching capacity: reed contacts: 0 VA micro-break switches: 250 VA Ambient temperature: 0 C + 70 ºC Mechanical life: > million operations NO BK 2 NO BK BK Change-over contact 2 BK NO PNP _ GN OUT WH NO NPN + OUT WH Approvals H C D Ordering details KF➀ ➁ No. Replace Description ➀ ➁ S S 2S W PW S PNP S NPN Without protective shield With protective shield Reed contacts: NO contact 2 NO contacts change-over contact Micro switches: change-over contact PNP NO contact NPN NO contact -